from GNU tar and fetish.

37 files changed, 12879 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/lib/Makefile.am b/lib/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7f08ec5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ../src/ansi2knr
+
+SUBDIRS = posix
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libgreputils.a
+
+INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
+DEFS = -DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
+
+libgreputils_a_SOURCES = \
+  closeout.c error.c exclude.c getopt.c getopt1.c hard-locale.c \
+  isdir.c obstack.c quotearg.c savedir.c xmalloc.c xstrtol.c  xstrtoumax.c
+
+libgreputils_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libgreputils_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libgreputils_a_LIBADD)
+noinst_HEADERS = \
+  closeout.h error.h exclude.h fnmatch.h getopt.h \
+  hard-locale.h obstack.h quotearg.h regex.h savedir.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h
+
diff --git a/lib/alloca.c b/lib/alloca.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..55a80677
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/alloca.c
@@ -0,0 +1,503 @@
+/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
+   (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
+
+   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
+   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
+   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
+   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+   J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
+
+   There are some preprocessor constants that can
+   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
+   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
+
+   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
+   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
+   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
+   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
+   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
+
+   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
+   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
+   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef emacs
+# include "blockinput.h"
+#endif
+
+/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
+
+/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
+   there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
+# ifndef alloca
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+#   ifdef static
+/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
+   -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
+   in order to make unexec workable
+   */
+#    ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+you
+lose
+-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
+#    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#   endif /* static */
+#  endif /* emacs */
+
+/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
+   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
+
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+long i00afunc ();
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+#  else
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+#  endif
+
+#  if __STDC__
+typedef void *pointer;
+#  else
+typedef char *pointer;
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef NULL
+#   define NULL 0
+#  endif
+
+/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
+   malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
+   ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals.  On the other
+   hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
+   them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
+
+   Non-Emacs programs expect this to call xmalloc.
+
+   Callers below should use malloc.  */
+
+#  ifndef emacs
+#   define malloc xmalloc
+#  endif
+extern pointer malloc ();
+
+/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
+   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
+   deduced at run-time.
+
+   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
+
+#  ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#   define STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
+#  endif
+
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+
+#   define STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
+
+#  else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
+
+static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
+#   define STACK_DIR	stack_dir
+
+static void
+find_stack_direction ()
+{
+  static char *addr = NULL;	/* Address of first `dummy', once known.  */
+  auto char dummy;		/* To get stack address.  */
+
+  if (addr == NULL)
+    {				/* Initial entry.  */
+      addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
+
+      find_stack_direction ();	/* Recurse once.  */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Second entry.  */
+      if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
+	stack_dir = 1;		/* Stack grew upward.  */
+      else
+	stack_dir = -1;		/* Stack grew downward.  */
+    }
+}
+
+#  endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+
+/* An "alloca header" is used to:
+   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
+   (b) keep track of stack depth.
+
+   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
+   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
+
+#  ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
+#   define ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
+#  endif
+
+typedef union hdr
+{
+  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* To force sizeof(header).  */
+  struct
+    {
+      union hdr *next;		/* For chaining headers.  */
+      char *deep;		/* For stack depth measure.  */
+    } h;
+} header;
+
+static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
+
+/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
+   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
+   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
+   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
+   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
+   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
+
+pointer
+alloca (unsigned size)
+{
+  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
+  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
+
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
+    find_stack_direction ();
+#  endif
+
+  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently.  */
+
+  {
+    register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+    BLOCK_INPUT;
+#  endif
+
+    for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
+      if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
+	  || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
+	{
+	  register header *np = hp->h.next;
+
+	  free ((pointer) hp);	/* Collect garbage.  */
+
+	  hp = np;		/* -> next header.  */
+	}
+      else
+	break;			/* Rest are not deeper.  */
+
+    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
+#  endif
+  }
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;		/* No allocation required.  */
+
+  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
+
+  {
+    register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
+    /* Address of header.  */
+
+    if (new == 0)
+      abort();
+
+    ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
+    ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
+
+    last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
+
+    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
+
+    return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
+  }
+}
+
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+
+#   ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    include <stdio.h>
+#   endif
+
+#   ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#    define CRAY_STACK
+#    ifndef CRAY2
+/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
+struct stack_control_header
+  {
+    long shgrow:32;		/* Number of times stack has grown.  */
+    long shaseg:32;		/* Size of increments to stack.  */
+    long shhwm:32;		/* High water mark of stack.  */
+    long shsize:32;		/* Current size of stack (all segments).  */
+  };
+
+/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
+   the high-address end of a stack segment.  (The stack
+   grows from low addresses to high addresses.)  The initial
+   part of the stack segment linkage control information is
+   0200 (octal) words.  This provides for register storage
+   for the routine which overflows the stack.  */
+
+struct stack_segment_linkage
+  {
+    long ss[0200];		/* 0200 overflow words.  */
+    long sssize:32;		/* Number of words in this segment.  */
+    long ssbase:32;		/* Offset to stack base.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sspseg:32;		/* Offset to linkage control of previous
+				   segment of stack.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sstcpt:32;		/* Pointer to task common address block.  */
+    long sscsnm;		/* Private control structure number for
+				   microtasking.  */
+    long ssusr1;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long ssusr2;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long sstpid;		/* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking.  */
+    long ssgvup;		/* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup.  */
+    long sscray[7];		/* Reserved for Cray Research.  */
+    long ssa0;
+    long ssa1;
+    long ssa2;
+    long ssa3;
+    long ssa4;
+    long ssa5;
+    long ssa6;
+    long ssa7;
+    long sss0;
+    long sss1;
+    long sss2;
+    long sss3;
+    long sss4;
+    long sss5;
+    long sss6;
+    long sss7;
+  };
+
+#    else /* CRAY2 */
+/* The following structure defines the vector of words
+   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
+struct stk_stat
+  {
+    long now;			/* Current total stack size.  */
+    long maxc;			/* Amount of contiguous space which would
+				   be required to satisfy the maximum
+				   stack demand to date.  */
+    long high_water;		/* Stack high-water mark.  */
+    long overflows;		/* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls.  */
+    long hits;			/* Number of internal buffer hits.  */
+    long extends;		/* Number of block extensions.  */
+    long stko_mallocs;		/* Block allocations by $STKOFEN.  */
+    long underflows;		/* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN).  */
+    long stko_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN.  */
+    long stkm_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET.  */
+    long segments;		/* Current number of stack segments.  */
+    long maxs;			/* Maximum number of stack segments so far.  */
+    long pad_size;		/* Stack pad size.  */
+    long current_address;	/* Current stack segment address.  */
+    long current_size;		/* Current stack segment size.  This
+				   number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
+				   include the fifteen word trailer area.  */
+    long initial_address;	/* Address of initial segment.  */
+    long initial_size;		/* Size of initial segment.  */
+  };
+
+/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
+   any stack segment.  I think that the description in 'asdef' is
+   out of date.  I only describe the parts that I am sure about.  */
+
+struct stk_trailer
+  {
+    long this_address;		/* Address of this block.  */
+    long this_size;		/* Size of this block (does not include
+				   this trailer).  */
+    long unknown2;
+    long unknown3;
+    long link;			/* Address of trailer block of previous
+				   segment.  */
+    long unknown5;
+    long unknown6;
+    long unknown7;
+    long unknown8;
+    long unknown9;
+    long unknown10;
+    long unknown11;
+    long unknown12;
+    long unknown13;
+    long unknown14;
+  };
+
+#    endif /* CRAY2 */
+#   endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+
+#   ifdef CRAY2
+/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
+   I doubt that "lint" will like this much.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long *address)
+{
+  struct stk_stat status;
+  struct stk_trailer *trailer;
+  long *block, size;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  /* We want to iterate through all of the segments.  The first
+     step is to get the stack status structure.  We could do this
+     more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
+     $LM00 common block, but I know that this works.  */
+
+  STKSTAT (&status);
+
+  /* Set up the iteration.  */
+
+  trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+				    + status.current_size
+				    - 15);
+
+  /* There must be at least one stack segment.  Therefore it is
+     a fatal error if "trailer" is null.  */
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address.  */
+
+  while (trailer != 0)
+    {
+      block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
+      size = trailer->this_size;
+      if (block == 0 || size == 0)
+	abort ();
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+      if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
+	break;
+    }
+
+  /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
+     of all predecessor segments.  */
+
+  result = address - block;
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    {
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
+	abort ();
+      result += trailer->this_size;
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+    }
+  while (trailer != 0);
+
+  /* We are done.  Note that if you present a bogus address (one
+     not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
+     from subtracting the address of the first block.  This is probably
+     not what you want.  */
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#   else /* not CRAY2 */
+/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
+   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
+   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
+   routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
+   for alloca.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long address)
+{
+  long stkl = 0;
+
+  long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
+
+  /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
+     current stack segment.  If you (as a subprogram) store
+     your registers on the stack and find that you are past
+     the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
+
+     B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
+     area, which is what we are really interested in.  */
+
+  stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
+  ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+
+  /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
+     one has the address of the first word of the segment.
+
+     If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
+     nonzero.  */
+
+  pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+  size = ssptr->sssize;
+
+  this_segment = stkl - size;
+
+  /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
+     a stack overflow.  Discard stack segments which do not
+     contain the target address.  */
+
+  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
+    {
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
+#    endif
+      if (pseg == 0)
+	break;
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      this_segment = stkl - size;
+    }
+
+  result = address - this_segment;
+
+  /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
+     you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
+     This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
+     a cycle somewhere.  */
+
+  while (pseg != 0)
+    {
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
+#    endif
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      result += size;
+    }
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#   endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#  endif /* CRAY */
+
+# endif /* no alloca */
+#endif /* not GCC version 2 */
diff --git a/lib/atexit.c b/lib/atexit.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85e992f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/atexit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* Wrapper to implement ANSI C's atexit using SunOS's on_exit. */
+/* This function is in the public domain.  --Mike Stump. */
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+int
+atexit(f)
+     void (*f)();
+{
+  /* If the system doesn't provide a definition for atexit, use on_exit
+     if the system provides that.  */
+  on_exit (f, 0);
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/closeout.c b/lib/closeout.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4fdac32b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/closeout.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/* closeout.c - close standard output
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#include "closeout.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#if 0
+#include "__fpending.h"
+#endif
+
+static int default_exit_status = EXIT_FAILURE;
+static const char *file_name;
+
+/* Set the value to be used for the exit status when close_stdout is called.
+   This is useful when it is not convenient to call close_stdout_status,
+   e.g., when close_stdout is called via atexit.  */
+void
+close_stdout_set_status (int status)
+{
+  default_exit_status = status;
+}
+
+/* Set the file name to be reported in the event an error is detected
+   by close_stdout_status.  */
+void
+close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file)
+{
+  file_name = file;
+}
+
+/* Close standard output, exiting with status STATUS on failure.
+   If a program writes *anything* to stdout, that program should `fflush'
+   stdout and make sure that it succeeds before exiting.  Otherwise,
+   suppose that you go to the extreme of checking the return status
+   of every function that does an explicit write to stdout.  The last
+   printf can succeed in writing to the internal stream buffer, and yet
+   the fclose(stdout) could still fail (due e.g., to a disk full error)
+   when it tries to write out that buffered data.  Thus, you would be
+   left with an incomplete output file and the offending program would
+   exit successfully.
+
+   FIXME: note the fflush suggested above is implicit in the fclose
+   we actually do below.  Consider doing only the fflush and/or using
+   setvbuf to inhibit buffering.
+
+   Besides, it's wasteful to check the return value from every call
+   that writes to stdout -- just let the internal stream state record
+   the failure.  That's what the ferror test is checking below.
+
+   It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
+   tools (most notably `make' and other build-management systems) depend
+   on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status.  */
+
+void
+close_stdout_status (int status)
+{
+  int e = ferror (stdout) ? 0 : -1;
+
+#if 0
+  if (__fpending (stdout) == 0)
+    return;
+#endif
+
+  if (fclose (stdout) != 0)
+    e = errno;
+
+  if (0 < e)
+    {
+      char const *write_error = _("write error");
+      if (file_name)
+	error (status, e, "%s: %s", quotearg_colon (file_name), write_error);
+      else
+	error (status, e, "%s", write_error);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Close standard output, exiting with status EXIT_FAILURE on failure.  */
+void
+close_stdout (void)
+{
+  close_stdout_status (default_exit_status);
+}
diff --git a/lib/closeout.h b/lib/closeout.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..80f24e45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/closeout.h
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#ifndef CLOSEOUT_H
+# define CLOSEOUT_H 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+void close_stdout_set_status PARAMS ((int status));
+void close_stdout_set_file_name PARAMS ((const char *file));
+void close_stdout PARAMS ((void));
+void close_stdout_status PARAMS ((int status));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/error.c b/lib/error.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c78b6cff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/error.c
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# include <libintl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
+# if __STDC__
+#  include <stdarg.h>
+#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
+# else
+#  include <varargs.h>
+#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
+# endif
+#else
+# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
+# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+void exit ();
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+char *strerror_r ();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _
+# define _(String) String
+#endif
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+void (*error_print_progname) (
+#if __STDC__ - 0
+			      void
+#endif
+			      );
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this.  */
+
+# define program_name program_invocation_name
+# include <errno.h>
+
+/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
+   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
+# define error __error
+# define error_at_line __error_at_line
+
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+#  include <libio/iolibio.h>
+#  define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s)
+# endif
+
+#else /* not _LIBC */
+
+/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
+   name of the executing program.  */
+extern char *program_name;
+
+# ifdef HAVE_STRERROR_R
+#  define __strerror_r strerror_r
+# else
+#  if HAVE_STRERROR
+#   ifndef strerror		/* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
+char *strerror ();
+#   endif
+#  else
+static char *
+private_strerror (errnum)
+     int errnum;
+{
+  extern char *sys_errlist[];
+  extern int sys_nerr;
+
+  if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
+    return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
+  return _("Unknown system error");
+}
+#   define strerror private_strerror
+#  endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
+# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR_R */
+#endif	/* not _LIBC */
+
+/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
+   format string with optional args.
+   If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
+   Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
+/* VARARGS */
+
+void
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
+error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+#else
+error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
+     int status;
+     int errnum;
+     char *message;
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef VA_START
+  va_list args;
+#endif
+
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+      fflush (stdout);
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+    }
+
+#ifdef VA_START
+  VA_START (args, message);
+# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
+  vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
+# else
+  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
+# endif
+  va_end (args);
+#else
+  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
+#endif
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+  if (errnum)
+    {
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+      char errbuf[1024];
+# if HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
+# else
+      /* Don't use __strerror_r's return value because on some systems
+	 (at least DEC UNIX 4.0[A-D]) strerror_r returns `int'.  */
+      __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", errbuf);
+# endif
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+#endif
+    }
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+}
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+int error_one_per_line;
+
+void
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
+error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
+#else
+error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
+     int status;
+     int errnum;
+     const char *file_name;
+     unsigned int line_number;
+     char *message;
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef VA_START
+  va_list args;
+#endif
+
+  if (error_one_per_line)
+    {
+      static const char *old_file_name;
+      static unsigned int old_line_number;
+
+      if (old_line_number == line_number &&
+	  (file_name == old_file_name || !strcmp (old_file_name, file_name)))
+	/* Simply return and print nothing.  */
+	return;
+
+      old_file_name = file_name;
+      old_line_number = line_number;
+    }
+
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+      fflush (stdout);
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
+    }
+
+  if (file_name != NULL)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
+
+#ifdef VA_START
+  VA_START (args, message);
+# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
+  vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
+# else
+  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
+# endif
+  va_end (args);
+#else
+  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
+#endif
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+  if (errnum)
+    {
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+      char errbuf[1024];
+# if HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
+# else
+      /* Don't use __strerror_r's return value because on some systems
+	 (at least DEC UNIX 4.0[A-D]) strerror_r returns `int'.  */
+      __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", errbuf);
+# endif
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+#endif
+    }
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make the weak alias.  */
+# undef error
+# undef error_at_line
+weak_alias (__error, error)
+weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/error.h b/lib/error.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..20f75824
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* Declaration for error-reporting function
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _ERROR_H
+#define _ERROR_H 1
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+# endif
+/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
+   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+
+/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'.  */
+
+extern void error (int status, int errnum, const char *format, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+
+extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname,
+			   unsigned int lineno, const char *format, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
+
+#else
+void error ();
+void error_at_line ();
+extern void (*error_print_progname) ();
+#endif
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+extern unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+extern int error_one_per_line;
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* error.h */
diff --git a/lib/exclude.c b/lib/exclude.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1925a398
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/exclude.c
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* exclude.c -- exclude file names
+   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#include <exclude.h>
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *, size_t));
+
+/* Keep track of excluded file name patterns.  */
+
+struct exclude
+  {
+    char const **exclude;
+    int exclude_alloc;
+    int exclude_count;
+  };
+
+struct exclude *
+new_exclude (void)
+{
+  struct exclude *ex = (struct exclude *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct exclude));
+  ex->exclude_count = 0;
+  ex->exclude_alloc = 64;
+  ex->exclude = (char const **) xmalloc (ex->exclude_alloc * sizeof (char *));
+  return ex;
+}
+
+int
+excluded_filename (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f, int options)
+{
+  char const * const *exclude = ex->exclude;
+  int exclude_count = ex->exclude_count;
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0;  i < exclude_count;  i++)
+    if (fnmatch (exclude[i], f, options) == 0)
+      return 1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+add_exclude (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern)
+{
+  if (ex->exclude_alloc <= ex->exclude_count)
+    ex->exclude = (char const **) xrealloc (ex->exclude,
+					    ((ex->exclude_alloc *= 2)
+					     * sizeof (char *)));
+
+  ex->exclude[ex->exclude_count++] = pattern;
+}
+
+int
+add_exclude_file (void (*add_func) PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *)),
+		  struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, char line_end)
+{
+  int use_stdin = filename[0] == '-' && !filename[1];
+  FILE *in;
+  char *buf;
+  char *p;
+  char const *pattern;
+  char const *lim;
+  size_t buf_alloc = 1024;
+  size_t buf_count = 0;
+  int c;
+  int e = 0;
+
+  if (use_stdin)
+    in = stdin;
+  else if (! (in = fopen (filename, "r")))
+    return -1;
+
+  buf = xmalloc (buf_alloc);
+
+  while ((c = getc (in)) != EOF)
+    {
+      buf[buf_count++] = c;
+      if (buf_count == buf_alloc)
+	buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_alloc *= 2);
+    }
+
+  buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_count + 1);
+
+  if (ferror (in))
+    e = errno;
+
+  if (!use_stdin && fclose (in) != 0)
+    e = errno;
+
+  for (pattern = p = buf, lim = buf + buf_count;  p <= lim;  p++)
+    if (p < lim ? *p == line_end : buf < p && p[-1])
+      {
+	*p = '\0';
+	(*add_func) (ex, pattern);
+	pattern = p + 1;
+      }
+
+  errno = e;
+  return e ? -1 : 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/exclude.h b/lib/exclude.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a48a00e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/exclude.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* exclude.h -- declarations for excluding file names
+   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>  */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+struct exclude;
+
+struct exclude *new_exclude PARAMS ((void));
+void add_exclude PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *));
+int add_exclude_file PARAMS ((void (*) (struct exclude *, char const *),
+			      struct exclude *, char const *, char));
+int excluded_filename PARAMS ((struct exclude const *, char const *, int));
diff --git a/lib/fnmatch.c b/lib/fnmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9bff8c22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fnmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+/* Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+  Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii (c)
+#endif
+
+#define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
+
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
+   it matches, nonzero if not.  */
+int
+fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
+{
+  register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
+  register char c;
+
+/* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
+#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER ((unsigned char) (c)) \
+                 ? tolower ((unsigned char) (c)) \
+                 : (c))
+
+  while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
+    {
+      c = FOLD (c);
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '?':
+	  if (*n == '\0')
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  else if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/')
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  else if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
+		   (n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  break;
+
+	case '\\':
+	  if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
+	    {
+	      c = *p++;
+	      if (c == '\0')
+		/* Trailing \ loses.  */
+		return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	      c = FOLD (c);
+	    }
+	  if (FOLD (*n) != c)
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  break;
+
+	case '*':
+	  if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
+	      (n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++)
+	    {
+	      if (c == '?')
+		{
+		  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
+		  if (*n == '\0' || (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))
+		    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
+		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		  else
+		    /* One character of the string is consumed in matching
+		       this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
+		       less than three characters.  */
+		    ++n;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (c == '\0')
+	    {
+	      if ((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR)) == FNM_FILE_NAME)
+		for (; *n != '\0'; n++)
+		  if (*n == '/')
+		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	      return 0;
+	    }
+
+	  {
+	    char c1 = (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') ? *p : c;
+	    c1 = FOLD (c1);
+	    for (--p; *n != '\0'; ++n)
+	      if ((c == '[' || FOLD (*n) == c1) &&
+		  fnmatch (p, n, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
+		return 0;
+	      else if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
+		break;
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  }
+
+	case '[':
+	  {
+	    /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted.  */
+	    register int not;
+
+	    if (*n == '\0')
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	    if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
+		(n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	    not = (*p == '!' || *p == '^');
+	    if (not)
+	      ++p;
+
+	    c = *p++;
+	    for (;;)
+	      {
+		register char cstart = c, cend = c;
+
+		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
+		  {
+		    if (*p == '\0')
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    cstart = cend = *p++;
+		  }
+
+		cstart = cend = FOLD (cstart);
+
+		if (c == '\0')
+		  /* [ (unterminated) loses.  */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+		c = *p++;
+		c = FOLD (c);
+
+		if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && c == '/')
+		  /* [/] can never match.  */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+		if (c == '-' && *p != ']')
+		  {
+		    cend = *p++;
+		    if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == '\\')
+		      cend = *p++;
+		    if (cend == '\0')
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    cend = FOLD (cend);
+
+		    c = *p++;
+		  }
+
+		if (FOLD (*n) >= cstart && FOLD (*n) <= cend)
+		  goto matched;
+
+		if (c == ']')
+		  break;
+	      }
+	    if (!not)
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	    break;
+
+	  matched:;
+	    /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched.  */
+	    while (c != ']')
+	      {
+		if (c == '\0')
+		  /* [... (unterminated) loses.  */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+		c = *p++;
+		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
+		  {
+		    if (*p == '\0')
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
+		    ++p;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    if (not)
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  if (c != FOLD (*n))
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	}
+
+      ++n;
+    }
+
+  if (*n == '\0')
+    return 0;
+
+  if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == '/')
+    /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz".  */
+    return 0;
+
+  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+#undef FOLD
+}
diff --git a/lib/fnmatch.h b/lib/fnmatch.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..af1dcf52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fnmatch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef	_FNMATCH_H
+
+#define	_FNMATCH_H	1
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#undef	__P
+#define	__P(protos)	protos
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+#undef	__P
+#define	__P(protos)	()
+/* We can get away without defining `const' here only because in this file
+   it is used only inside the prototype for `fnmatch', which is elided in
+   non-ANSI C where `const' is problematical.  */
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+
+/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
+   (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>.  */
+#undef	FNM_PATHNAME
+#undef	FNM_NOESCAPE
+#undef	FNM_PERIOD
+
+/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'.  */
+#define	FNM_PATHNAME	(1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'.  */
+#define	FNM_NOESCAPE	(1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars.  */
+#define	FNM_PERIOD	(1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly.  */
+
+#if !defined (_POSIX_C_SOURCE) || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
+#define	FNM_FILE_NAME	FNM_PATHNAME /* Preferred GNU name.  */
+#define	FNM_LEADING_DIR	(1 << 3) /* Ignore `/...' after a match.  */
+#define	FNM_CASEFOLD	(1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case.  */
+#endif
+
+/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN.  */
+#define	FNM_NOMATCH	1
+
+/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
+   returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
+extern int fnmatch __P ((const char *__pattern, const char *__string,
+			 int __flags));
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* fnmatch.h */
diff --git a/lib/getopt.c b/lib/getopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d176d3e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1049 @@
+/* Getopt for GNU.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU
+   C Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99
+   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
+   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
+#ifndef _NO_PROTO
+# define _NO_PROTO
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#else
+# if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
+/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
+   reject `defined (const)'.  */
+#  ifndef const
+#   define const
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+# include <gnu-versions.h>
+# if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#  define ELIDE_CODE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
+
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
+   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif	/* GNU C library.  */
+
+#ifdef VMS
+# include <unixlib.h>
+# if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
+#  include <string.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
+   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
+# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  include <libintl.h>
+#  define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+# else
+#  define _(msgid)	(msgid)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
+   but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
+   to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
+
+   As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
+   when it is done, all the options precede everything else.  Thus
+   all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
+
+   Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
+   Then the behavior is completely standard.
+
+   GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
+   they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments.  */
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
+int optind = 1;
+
+/* Formerly, initialization of getopt depended on optind==0, which
+   causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't
+   know that. */
+
+int __getopt_initialized;
+
+/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
+   in which the last option character we returned was found.
+   This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
+
+   If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
+   by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+static char *nextchar;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+int opterr = 1;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
+   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
+   system's own getopt implementation.  */
+
+int optopt = '?';
+
+/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
+
+   If the caller did not specify anything,
+   the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
+   POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
+
+   REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
+   stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
+   This is what Unix does.
+   This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
+   variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
+   of the list of option characters.
+
+   PERMUTE is the default.  We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
+   so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.  This allows options
+   to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
+   expect this.
+
+   RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
+   to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
+   the ordering of the two.  We describe each non-option ARGV-element
+   as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
+   Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
+   selects this mode of operation.
+
+   The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+   of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
+   `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC.  */
+
+static enum
+{
+  REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
+} ordering;
+
+/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable.  */
+static char *posixly_correct;
+
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
+   because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
+   On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
+   in GCC.  */
+# include <string.h>
+# define my_index	strchr
+#else
+
+# if HAVE_STRING_H
+#  include <string.h>
+# else
+#  include <strings.h>
+# endif
+
+/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
+   whose names are inconsistent.  */
+
+#ifndef getenv
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+static char *
+my_index (str, chr)
+     const char *str;
+     int chr;
+{
+  while (*str)
+    {
+      if (*str == chr)
+	return (char *) str;
+      str++;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
+   If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
+   That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
+# if (!defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__) && !defined strlen
+/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
+   and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
+extern int strlen (const char *);
+# endif /* not __STDC__ */
+#endif /* __GNUC__ */
+
+#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+/* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
+
+/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
+   been skipped.  `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
+   `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
+
+static int first_nonopt;
+static int last_nonopt;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
+   indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments.  */
+
+/* Defined in getopt_init.c  */
+extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
+
+static int nonoption_flags_max_len;
+static int nonoption_flags_len;
+
+static int original_argc;
+static char *const *original_argv;
+
+/* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment
+   is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed
+   to getopt is that one passed to the process.  */
+static void
+__attribute__ ((unused))
+store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
+{
+  /* XXX This is no good solution.  We should rather copy the args so
+     that we can compare them later.  But we must not use malloc(3).  */
+  original_argc = argc;
+  original_argv = argv;
+}
+# ifdef text_set_element
+text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
+# endif /* text_set_element */
+
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
+  if (nonoption_flags_len > 0)						      \
+    {									      \
+      char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1];			      \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2];	      \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp;				      \
+    }
+#else	/* !_LIBC */
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+#endif	/* _LIBC */
+
+/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
+   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
+   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
+   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
+   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
+
+   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
+   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
+
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+static void exchange (char **);
+#endif
+
+static void
+exchange (argv)
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int bottom = first_nonopt;
+  int middle = last_nonopt;
+  int top = optind;
+  char *tem;
+
+  /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
+     That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
+     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
+     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
+     string can work normally.  Our top argument must be in the range
+     of the string.  */
+  if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len)
+    {
+      /* We must extend the array.  The user plays games with us and
+	 presents new arguments.  */
+      char *new_str = malloc (top + 1);
+      if (new_str == NULL)
+	nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
+			     nonoption_flags_max_len),
+		  '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	  nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
+	  __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
+    {
+      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
+	{
+	  /* Bottom segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = middle - bottom;
+	  register int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
+	      argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i);
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
+	  top -= len;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Top segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = top - middle;
+	  register int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
+	      argv[middle + i] = tem;
+	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i);
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
+	  bottom += len;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
+
+  first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
+  last_nonopt = optind;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
+
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *);
+#endif
+static const char *
+_getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *optstring;
+{
+  /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
+     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
+     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
+
+  first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind;
+
+  nextchar = NULL;
+
+  posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
+
+  /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
+
+  if (optstring[0] == '-')
+    {
+      ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (optstring[0] == '+')
+    {
+      ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (posixly_correct != NULL)
+    ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+  else
+    ordering = PERMUTE;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (posixly_correct == NULL
+      && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv)
+    {
+      if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
+	{
+	  if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL
+	      || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0')
+	    nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags;
+	      int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str);
+	      if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc)
+		nonoption_flags_max_len = argc;
+	      __getopt_nonoption_flags =
+		(char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	      if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
+		nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+	      else
+		memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
+			'\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
+	    }
+	}
+      nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len;
+    }
+  else
+    nonoption_flags_len = 0;
+#endif
+
+  return optstring;
+}
+
+/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
+   given in OPTSTRING.
+
+   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
+   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
+   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If `getopt'
+   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
+   from each of the option elements.
+
+   If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
+   updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
+   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
+
+   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1.
+   Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
+   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
+   so that those that are not options now come last.)
+
+   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
+   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
+   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set `opterr' to
+   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
+
+   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
+   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
+   ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
+   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
+   it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
+
+   If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
+   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
+   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
+
+   Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
+   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
+   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
+   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
+   from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
+   When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
+   `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
+   if the `flag' field is zero.
+
+   The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
+   But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
+   with other systems.
+
+   LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
+   element containing a name which is zero.
+
+   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
+   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
+   recent call.
+
+   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
+   long-named options.  */
+
+int
+_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *optstring;
+     const struct option *longopts;
+     int *longind;
+     int long_only;
+{
+  optarg = NULL;
+
+  if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized)
+    {
+      if (optind == 0)
+	optind = 1;	/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
+      optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring);
+      __getopt_initialized = 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.
+     Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
+     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
+     is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
+		      || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
+			  && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
+#else
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
+#endif
+
+  if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+      /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
+	 moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments).  */
+      if (last_nonopt > optind)
+	last_nonopt = optind;
+      if (first_nonopt > optind)
+	first_nonopt = optind;
+
+      if (ordering == PERMUTE)
+	{
+	  /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
+	     exchange them so that the options come first.  */
+
+	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
+	    exchange ((char **) argv);
+	  else if (last_nonopt != optind)
+	    first_nonopt = optind;
+
+	  /* Skip any additional non-options
+	     and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
+
+	  while (optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
+	    optind++;
+	  last_nonopt = optind;
+	}
+
+      /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
+	 Skip it like a null option,
+	 then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
+	 then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
+
+      if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
+	{
+	  optind++;
+
+	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
+	    exchange ((char **) argv);
+	  else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
+	    first_nonopt = optind;
+	  last_nonopt = argc;
+
+	  optind = argc;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
+	 and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
+
+      if (optind == argc)
+	{
+	  /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
+	     that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
+	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
+	    optind = first_nonopt;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
+	 either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
+
+      if (NONOPTION_P)
+	{
+	  if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
+	    return -1;
+	  optarg = argv[optind++];
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
+	 Skip the initial punctuation.  */
+
+      nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
+		  + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
+    }
+
+  /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element.  */
+
+  /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
+
+     If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
+     a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
+     a long option that starts with f.  Otherwise there would be no
+     way to give the -f short option.
+
+     On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
+     the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
+     the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
+
+     This distinction seems to be the most useful approach.  */
+
+  if (longopts != NULL
+      && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
+	  || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
+    {
+      char *nameend;
+      const struct option *p;
+      const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+      int exact = 0;
+      int ambig = 0;
+      int indfound = -1;
+      int option_index;
+
+      for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+      /* Test all long options for either exact match
+	 or abbreviated matches.  */
+      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+	if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
+	  {
+	    if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar)
+		== (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
+	      {
+		/* Exact match found.  */
+		pfound = p;
+		indfound = option_index;
+		exact = 1;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    else if (pfound == NULL)
+	      {
+		/* First nonexact match found.  */
+		pfound = p;
+		indfound = option_index;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+	      ambig = 1;
+	  }
+
+      if (ambig && !exact)
+	{
+	  if (opterr)
+	    fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+		     argv[0], argv[optind]);
+	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	  optind++;
+	  optopt = 0;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+
+      if (pfound != NULL)
+	{
+	  option_index = indfound;
+	  optind++;
+	  if (*nameend)
+	    {
+	      /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+		 allow it to be used on enums.  */
+	      if (pfound->has_arg)
+		optarg = nameend + 1;
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (opterr)
+		    {
+		      if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
+			/* --option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				 _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], pfound->name);
+		      else
+			/* +option or -option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				 _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		    }
+
+		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+
+		  optopt = pfound->val;
+		  return '?';
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+	    {
+	      if (optind < argc)
+		optarg = argv[optind++];
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (opterr)
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+			   _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+			   argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		  optopt = pfound->val;
+		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+		}
+	    }
+	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	  if (longind != NULL)
+	    *longind = option_index;
+	  if (pfound->flag)
+	    {
+	      *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+	      return 0;
+	    }
+	  return pfound->val;
+	}
+
+      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
+	 or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
+	 option, then it's an error.
+	 Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
+      if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
+	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (opterr)
+	    {
+	      if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
+		/* --option */
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
+			 argv[0], nextchar);
+	      else
+		/* +option or -option */
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
+			 argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
+	    }
+	  nextchar = (char *) "";
+	  optind++;
+	  optopt = 0;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Look at and handle the next short option-character.  */
+
+  {
+    char c = *nextchar++;
+    char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
+
+    /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
+    if (*nextchar == '\0')
+      ++optind;
+
+    if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
+      {
+	if (opterr)
+	  {
+	    if (posixly_correct)
+	      /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
+		       argv[0], c);
+	    else
+	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
+		       argv[0], c);
+	  }
+	optopt = c;
+	return '?';
+      }
+    /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
+    if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';')
+      {
+	char *nameend;
+	const struct option *p;
+	const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+	int exact = 0;
+	int ambig = 0;
+	int indfound = 0;
+	int option_index;
+
+	/* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+	if (*nextchar != '\0')
+	  {
+	    optarg = nextchar;
+	    /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+	       we must advance to the next element now.  */
+	    optind++;
+	  }
+	else if (optind == argc)
+	  {
+	    if (opterr)
+	      {
+		/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			 argv[0], c);
+	      }
+	    optopt = c;
+	    if (optstring[0] == ':')
+	      c = ':';
+	    else
+	      c = '?';
+	    return c;
+	  }
+	else
+	  /* We already incremented `optind' once;
+	     increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+	  optarg = argv[optind++];
+
+	/* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the
+	   table of longopts.  */
+
+	for (nextchar = nameend = optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+	  /* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+	/* Test all long options for either exact match
+	   or abbreviated matches.  */
+	for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+	  if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
+	    {
+	      if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == strlen (p->name))
+		{
+		  /* Exact match found.  */
+		  pfound = p;
+		  indfound = option_index;
+		  exact = 1;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      else if (pfound == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* First nonexact match found.  */
+		  pfound = p;
+		  indfound = option_index;
+		}
+	      else
+		/* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+		ambig = 1;
+	    }
+	if (ambig && !exact)
+	  {
+	    if (opterr)
+	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+		       argv[0], argv[optind]);
+	    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	    optind++;
+	    return '?';
+	  }
+	if (pfound != NULL)
+	  {
+	    option_index = indfound;
+	    if (*nameend)
+	      {
+		/* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+		   allow it to be used on enums.  */
+		if (pfound->has_arg)
+		  optarg = nameend + 1;
+		else
+		  {
+		    if (opterr)
+		      fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+			       argv[0], pfound->name);
+
+		    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		    return '?';
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+	      {
+		if (optind < argc)
+		  optarg = argv[optind++];
+		else
+		  {
+		    if (opterr)
+		      fprintf (stderr,
+			       _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+			       argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+		    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		    return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+		  }
+	      }
+	    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	    if (longind != NULL)
+	      *longind = option_index;
+	    if (pfound->flag)
+	      {
+		*(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+		return 0;
+	      }
+	    return pfound->val;
+	  }
+	  nextchar = NULL;
+	  return 'W';	/* Let the application handle it.   */
+      }
+    if (temp[1] == ':')
+      {
+	if (temp[2] == ':')
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
+	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		optarg = nextchar;
+		optind++;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      optarg = NULL;
+	    nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		optarg = nextchar;
+		/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+		   we must advance to the next element now.  */
+		optind++;
+	      }
+	    else if (optind == argc)
+	      {
+		if (opterr)
+		  {
+		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+			   _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			   argv[0], c);
+		  }
+		optopt = c;
+		if (optstring[0] == ':')
+		  c = ':';
+		else
+		  c = '?';
+	      }
+	    else
+	      /* We already incremented `optind' once;
+		 increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+	      optarg = argv[optind++];
+	    nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+      }
+    return c;
+  }
+}
+
+int
+getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *optstring;
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
+			   (const struct option *) 0,
+			   (int *) 0,
+			   0);
+}
+
+#endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
+   the above definition of `getopt'.  */
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+
+      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
+      if (c == -1)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/getopt.h b/lib/getopt.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..39f4a168
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_H
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GETOPT_H 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+   zero.
+
+   The field `has_arg' is:
+   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
+   left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
+   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
+   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
+   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
+   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
+
+struct option
+{
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+  const char *name;
+# else
+  char *name;
+# endif
+  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
+  int has_arg;
+  int *flag;
+  int val;
+};
+
+/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
+
+# define no_argument		0
+# define required_argument	1
+# define optional_argument	2
+#endif	/* need getopt */
+
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
+
+   The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\0'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   `getopt'.  */
+
+#if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined PROTOTYPES
+# ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
+   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
+   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
+extern int getopt (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts);
+# else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+# endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+# ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts,
+		        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
+extern int getopt_long_only (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
+
+/* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
+extern int _getopt_internal (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			     int __long_only);
+# endif
+#else /* not ((defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined PROTOTYPES) */
+extern int getopt ();
+# ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long ();
+extern int getopt_long_only ();
+
+extern int _getopt_internal ();
+# endif
+#endif /* (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined PROTOTYPES */
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* getopt.h */
diff --git a/lib/hard-locale.c b/lib/hard-locale.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1c75b390
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/hard-locale.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* hard-locale.c -- Determine whether a locale is hard.
+   Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+# ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #  pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifdef _WIN32
+#    include <malloc.h>
+#    include <io.h>
+#   else
+#    ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Return nonzero if the current CATEGORY locale is hard, i.e. if you
+   can't get away with assuming traditional C or POSIX behavior.  */
+int
+hard_locale (int category)
+{
+#if ! (defined ENABLE_NLS && HAVE_SETLOCALE)
+  return 0;
+#else
+
+  int hard = 1;
+  char const *p = setlocale (category, 0);
+
+  if (p)
+    {
+# if defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+      if (strcmp (p, "C") == 0 || strcmp (p, "POSIX") == 0)
+	hard = 0;
+# else
+      char *locale = alloca (strlen (p) + 1);
+      strcpy (locale, p);
+
+      /* Temporarily set the locale to the "C" and "POSIX" locales to
+	 find their names, so that we can determine whether one or the
+	 other is the caller's locale.  */
+      if (((p = setlocale (category, "C")) && strcmp (p, locale) == 0)
+	  || ((p = setlocale (category, "POSIX")) && strcmp (p, locale) == 0))
+	hard = 0;
+
+      /* Restore the caller's locale.  */
+      setlocale (category, locale);
+# endif
+    }
+
+  return hard;
+
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/hard-locale.h b/lib/hard-locale.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b054d9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/hard-locale.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#ifndef HARD_LOCALE_H_
+# define HARD_LOCALE_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+int hard_locale PARAMS ((int));
+
+#endif /* HARD_LOCALE_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/isdir.c b/lib/isdir.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01cf8d5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/isdir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* isdir.c -- determine whether a directory exists
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISDIR
+#endif
+
+#if !defined S_ISDIR && defined S_IFDIR
+# define S_ISDIR(Mode) (((Mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+
+/* If PATH is an existing directory or symbolic link to a directory,
+   return nonzero, else 0.  */
+
+int
+isdir (const char *path)
+{
+  struct stat stats;
+
+  return stat (path, &stats) == 0 && S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode);
+}
diff --git a/lib/memchr.c b/lib/memchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8c3b59c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/memchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
+   and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
+
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef __ptr_t
+#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t void *
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+# define __ptr_t char *
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC)
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H) || defined (_LIBC)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647
+
+#ifndef LONG_MAX
+# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+
+/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
+
+__ptr_t
+memchr (s, c, n)
+     const __ptr_t s;
+     int c;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
+  unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c;
+
+  /* Handle the first few characters by reading one character at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
+       n > 0 && ((unsigned long int) char_ptr
+		 & (sizeof (longword) - 1)) != 0;
+       --n, ++char_ptr)
+    if (*char_ptr == c)
+      return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to 8-byte longwords.  */
+
+  longword_ptr = (unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero.  Call these bits
+     the "holes."  Note that there is a hole just to the left of
+     each byte, with an extra at the end:
+
+     bits:  01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
+     bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
+
+     The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
+     The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into.  */
+
+  if (sizeof (longword) != 4 && sizeof (longword) != 8)
+    abort ();
+
+#if LONG_MAX <= LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  magic_bits = 0x7efefeff;
+#else
+  magic_bits = ((unsigned long int) 0x7efefefe << 32) | 0xfefefeff;
+#endif
+
+  /* Set up a longword, each of whose bytes is C.  */
+  charmask = c | (c << 8);
+  charmask |= charmask << 16;
+#if LONG_MAX > LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  charmask |= charmask << 32;
+#endif
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
+     we will test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing
+     if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero.  */
+  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+    {
+      /* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
+	 LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
+
+	 1) Is this safe?  Will it catch all the zero bytes?
+	 Suppose there is a byte with all zeros.  Any carry bits
+	 propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
+	 least significant bit and stop.  Since there will be no
+	 carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
+	 byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
+	 detected.
+
+	 2) Is this worthwhile?  Will it ignore everything except
+	 zero bytes?  Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
+	 somewhere.  There will be a carry into bit 8.  If bit 8
+	 is set, this will carry into bit 16.  If bit 8 is clear,
+	 one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
+	 into bit 16.  Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
+	 24.  If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
+	 into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
+
+	 The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
+	 31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
+	 changed.  If we had access to the processor carry flag,
+	 we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
+	 at bit 32!
+
+	 So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
+	 properly.
+
+	 3) But wait!  Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
+	 Good point.  So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
+	 each of whose bytes is C.  This turns each byte that is C
+	 into a zero.  */
+
+      longword = *longword_ptr++ ^ charmask;
+
+      /* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD.  */
+      if ((((longword + magic_bits)
+
+	    /* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition.  */
+	    ^ ~longword)
+
+	   /* Look at only the hole bits.  If any of the hole bits
+	      are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
+	      zero.  */
+	   & ~magic_bits) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* Which of the bytes was C?  If none of them were, it was
+	     a misfire; continue the search.  */
+
+	  const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) (longword_ptr - 1);
+
+	  if (cp[0] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) cp;
+	  if (cp[1] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[1];
+	  if (cp[2] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[2];
+	  if (cp[3] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[3];
+#if LONG_MAX > 2147483647
+	  if (cp[4] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[4];
+	  if (cp[5] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[5];
+	  if (cp[6] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[6];
+	  if (cp[7] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[7];
+#endif
+	}
+
+      n -= sizeof (longword);
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  while (n-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*char_ptr == c)
+	return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+      else
+	++char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/obstack.c b/lib/obstack.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..17c63134
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/obstack.c
@@ -0,0 +1,598 @@
+/* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
+   Copyright (C) 1988-1994,96,97,98,99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+/* NOTE BEFORE MODIFYING THIS FILE: This version number must be
+   incremented whenever callers compiled using an old obstack.h can no
+   longer properly call the functions in this obstack.c.  */
+#define OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION 1
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself, and the installed library
+   supports the same library interface we do.  This code is part of the GNU
+   C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object
+   files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>		/* Random thing to get __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
+#include <gnu-versions.h>
+#if _GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#define ELIDE_CODE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
+
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#define POINTER void *
+#else
+#define POINTER char *
+#endif
+
+/* Determine default alignment.  */
+struct fooalign {char x; double d;};
+#define DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT  \
+  ((PTR_INT_TYPE) ((char *) &((struct fooalign *) 0)->d - (char *) 0))
+/* If malloc were really smart, it would round addresses to DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT.
+   But in fact it might be less smart and round addresses to as much as
+   DEFAULT_ROUNDING.  So we prepare for it to do that.  */
+union fooround {long x; double d;};
+#define DEFAULT_ROUNDING (sizeof (union fooround))
+
+/* When we copy a long block of data, this is the unit to do it with.
+   On some machines, copying successive ints does not work;
+   in such a case, redefine COPYING_UNIT to `long' (if that works)
+   or `char' as a last resort.  */
+#ifndef COPYING_UNIT
+#define COPYING_UNIT int
+#endif
+
+
+/* The functions allocating more room by calling `obstack_chunk_alloc'
+   jump to the handler pointed to by `obstack_alloc_failed_handler'.
+   This can be set to a user defined function which should either
+   abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't return.  This
+   variable by default points to the internal function
+   `print_and_abort'.  */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+static void print_and_abort (void);
+void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void) = print_and_abort;
+#else
+static void print_and_abort ();
+void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) () = print_and_abort;
+#endif
+
+/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used.  */
+#if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ || defined HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+int obstack_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
+
+/* The non-GNU-C macros copy the obstack into this global variable
+   to avoid multiple evaluation.  */
+
+struct obstack *_obstack;
+
+/* Define a macro that either calls functions with the traditional malloc/free
+   calling interface, or calls functions with the mmalloc/mfree interface
+   (that adds an extra first argument), based on the state of use_extra_arg.
+   For free, do not use ?:, since some compilers, like the MIPS compilers,
+   do not allow (expr) ? void : void.  */
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
+  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
+   : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) (long)) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
+
+#define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
+  do { \
+    if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+      (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
+    else \
+      (*(void (*) (void *)) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
+  } while (0)
+#else
+#define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
+  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
+   : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) ()) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
+
+#define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
+  do { \
+    if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+      (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
+    else \
+      (*(void (*) ()) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
+  } while (0)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Initialize an obstack H for use.  Specify chunk size SIZE (0 means default).
+   Objects start on multiples of ALIGNMENT (0 means use default).
+   CHUNKFUN is the function to use to allocate chunks,
+   and FREEFUN the function to free them.
+
+   Return nonzero if successful, calls obstack_alloc_failed_handler if
+   allocation fails.  */
+
+int
+_obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     int size;
+     int alignment;
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) (long);
+     void (*freefun) (void *);
+#else
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
+     void (*freefun) ();
+#endif
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+
+  if (alignment == 0)
+    alignment = (int) DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
+  if (size == 0)
+    /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block.  */
+    {
+      /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc.
+	 Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off,
+	 the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on
+	 and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be
+	 allocated.
+
+	 These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc.  I suspect it is
+	 less sensitive to the size of the request.  */
+      int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1))
+		    + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)
+		   & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1));
+      size = 4096 - extra;
+    }
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *, long)) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
+#else
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = freefun;
+#endif
+  h->chunk_size = size;
+  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
+  h->use_extra_arg = 0;
+
+  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
+  if (!chunk)
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+  h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
+  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
+    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
+  chunk->prev = 0;
+  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+int
+_obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     int size;
+     int alignment;
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) (POINTER, long);
+     void (*freefun) (POINTER, POINTER);
+#else
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
+     void (*freefun) ();
+#endif
+     POINTER arg;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+
+  if (alignment == 0)
+    alignment = (int) DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
+  if (size == 0)
+    /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block.  */
+    {
+      /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc.
+	 Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off,
+	 the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on
+	 and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be
+	 allocated.
+
+	 These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc.  I suspect it is
+	 less sensitive to the size of the request.  */
+      int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1))
+		    + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)
+		   & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1));
+      size = 4096 - extra;
+    }
+
+#if defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *,long)) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
+#else
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = freefun;
+#endif
+  h->chunk_size = size;
+  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
+  h->extra_arg = arg;
+  h->use_extra_arg = 1;
+
+  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
+  if (!chunk)
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+  h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
+  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
+    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
+  chunk->prev = 0;
+  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Allocate a new current chunk for the obstack *H
+   on the assumption that LENGTH bytes need to be added
+   to the current object, or a new object of length LENGTH allocated.
+   Copies any partial object from the end of the old chunk
+   to the beginning of the new one.  */
+
+void
+_obstack_newchunk (h, length)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     int length;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *old_chunk = h->chunk;
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *new_chunk;
+  register long	new_size;
+  register long obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base;
+  register long i;
+  long already;
+
+  /* Compute size for new chunk.  */
+  new_size = (obj_size + length) + (obj_size >> 3) + 100;
+  if (new_size < h->chunk_size)
+    new_size = h->chunk_size;
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize the new chunk.  */
+  new_chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, new_size);
+  if (!new_chunk)
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+  h->chunk = new_chunk;
+  new_chunk->prev = old_chunk;
+  new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size;
+
+  /* Move the existing object to the new chunk.
+     Word at a time is fast and is safe if the object
+     is sufficiently aligned.  */
+  if (h->alignment_mask + 1 >= DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT)
+    {
+      for (i = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) - 1;
+	   i >= 0; i--)
+	((COPYING_UNIT *)new_chunk->contents)[i]
+	  = ((COPYING_UNIT *)h->object_base)[i];
+      /* We used to copy the odd few remaining bytes as one extra COPYING_UNIT,
+	 but that can cross a page boundary on a machine
+	 which does not do strict alignment for COPYING_UNITS.  */
+      already = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) * sizeof (COPYING_UNIT);
+    }
+  else
+    already = 0;
+  /* Copy remaining bytes one by one.  */
+  for (i = already; i < obj_size; i++)
+    new_chunk->contents[i] = h->object_base[i];
+
+  /* If the object just copied was the only data in OLD_CHUNK,
+     free that chunk and remove it from the chain.
+     But not if that chunk might contain an empty object.  */
+  if (h->object_base == old_chunk->contents && ! h->maybe_empty_object)
+    {
+      new_chunk->prev = old_chunk->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, old_chunk);
+    }
+
+  h->object_base = new_chunk->contents;
+  h->next_free = h->object_base + obj_size;
+  /* The new chunk certainly contains no empty object yet.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+}
+
+/* Return nonzero if object OBJ has been allocated from obstack H.
+   This is here for debugging.
+   If you use it in a program, you are probably losing.  */
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+/* Suppress -Wmissing-prototypes warning.  We don't want to declare this in
+   obstack.h because it is just for debugging.  */
+int _obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, POINTER obj);
+#endif
+
+int
+_obstack_allocated_p (h, obj)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     POINTER obj;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = (h)->chunk;
+  /* We use >= rather than > since the object cannot be exactly at
+     the beginning of the chunk but might be an empty object exactly
+     at the end of an adjacent chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      lp = plp;
+    }
+  return lp != 0;
+}
+
+/* Free objects in obstack H, including OBJ and everything allocate
+   more recently than OBJ.  If OBJ is zero, free everything in H.  */
+
+#undef obstack_free
+
+/* This function has two names with identical definitions.
+   This is the first one, called from non-ANSI code.  */
+
+void
+_obstack_free (h, obj)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     POINTER obj;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = h->chunk;
+  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
+     But there can be an empty object at that address
+     at the end of another chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
+      lp = plp;
+      /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current
+	 chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may.  */
+      h->maybe_empty_object = 1;
+    }
+  if (lp)
+    {
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
+      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
+      h->chunk = lp;
+    }
+  else if (obj != 0)
+    /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */
+    abort ();
+}
+
+/* This function is used from ANSI code.  */
+
+void
+obstack_free (h, obj)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     POINTER obj;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = h->chunk;
+  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
+     But there can be an empty object at that address
+     at the end of another chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
+      lp = plp;
+      /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current
+	 chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may.  */
+      h->maybe_empty_object = 1;
+    }
+  if (lp)
+    {
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
+      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
+      h->chunk = lp;
+    }
+  else if (obj != 0)
+    /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */
+    abort ();
+}
+
+int
+_obstack_memory_used (h)
+     struct obstack *h;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk* lp;
+  register int nbytes = 0;
+
+  for (lp = h->chunk; lp != 0; lp = lp->prev)
+    {
+      nbytes += lp->limit - (char *) lp;
+    }
+  return nbytes;
+}
+
+/* Define the error handler.  */
+#ifndef _
+# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  include <libintl.h>
+#  ifndef _
+#   define _(Str) gettext (Str)
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define _(Str) (Str)
+# endif
+#endif
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include <libio/iolibio.h>
+# define fputs(s, f) _IO_fputs (s, f)
+#endif
+
+static void
+print_and_abort ()
+{
+  fputs (_("memory exhausted"), stderr);
+  fputc ('\n', stderr);
+  exit (obstack_exit_failure);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* These are now turned off because the applications do not use it
+   and it uses bcopy via obstack_grow, which causes trouble on sysV.  */
+
+/* Now define the functional versions of the obstack macros.
+   Define them to simply use the corresponding macros to do the job.  */
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+/* These function definitions do not work with non-ANSI preprocessors;
+   they won't pass through the macro names in parentheses.  */
+
+/* The function names appear in parentheses in order to prevent
+   the macro-definitions of the names from being expanded there.  */
+
+POINTER (obstack_base) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_base (obstack);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_next_free) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_next_free (obstack);
+}
+
+int (obstack_object_size) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_object_size (obstack);
+}
+
+int (obstack_room) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_room (obstack);
+}
+
+int (obstack_make_room) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_make_room (obstack, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_grow) (obstack, pointer, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     POINTER pointer;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_grow (obstack, pointer, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_grow0) (obstack, pointer, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     POINTER pointer;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_grow0 (obstack, pointer, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_1grow) (obstack, character)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int character;
+{
+  obstack_1grow (obstack, character);
+}
+
+void (obstack_blank) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_blank (obstack, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_1grow_fast) (obstack, character)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int character;
+{
+  obstack_1grow_fast (obstack, character);
+}
+
+void (obstack_blank_fast) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_blank_fast (obstack, length);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_finish) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_finish (obstack);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_alloc) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_alloc (obstack, length);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_copy) (obstack, pointer, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     POINTER pointer;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_copy (obstack, pointer, length);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, pointer, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     POINTER pointer;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_copy0 (obstack, pointer, length);
+}
+
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+#endif	/* !ELIDE_CODE */
diff --git a/lib/obstack.h b/lib/obstack.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4d49ce02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/obstack.h
@@ -0,0 +1,593 @@
+/* obstack.h - object stack macros
+   Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Summary:
+
+All the apparent functions defined here are macros. The idea
+is that you would use these pre-tested macros to solve a
+very specific set of problems, and they would run fast.
+Caution: no side-effects in arguments please!! They may be
+evaluated MANY times!!
+
+These macros operate a stack of objects.  Each object starts life
+small, and may grow to maturity.  (Consider building a word syllable
+by syllable.)  An object can move while it is growing.  Once it has
+been "finished" it never changes address again.  So the "top of the
+stack" is typically an immature growing object, while the rest of the
+stack is of mature, fixed size and fixed address objects.
+
+These routines grab large chunks of memory, using a function you
+supply, called `obstack_chunk_alloc'.  On occasion, they free chunks,
+by calling `obstack_chunk_free'.  You must define them and declare
+them before using any obstack macros.
+
+Each independent stack is represented by a `struct obstack'.
+Each of the obstack macros expects a pointer to such a structure
+as the first argument.
+
+One motivation for this package is the problem of growing char strings
+in symbol tables.  Unless you are "fascist pig with a read-only mind"
+--Gosper's immortal quote from HAKMEM item 154, out of context--you
+would not like to put any arbitrary upper limit on the length of your
+symbols.
+
+In practice this often means you will build many short symbols and a
+few long symbols.  At the time you are reading a symbol you don't know
+how long it is.  One traditional method is to read a symbol into a
+buffer, realloc()ating the buffer every time you try to read a symbol
+that is longer than the buffer.  This is beaut, but you still will
+want to copy the symbol from the buffer to a more permanent
+symbol-table entry say about half the time.
+
+With obstacks, you can work differently.  Use one obstack for all symbol
+names.  As you read a symbol, grow the name in the obstack gradually.
+When the name is complete, finalize it.  Then, if the symbol exists already,
+free the newly read name.
+
+The way we do this is to take a large chunk, allocating memory from
+low addresses.  When you want to build a symbol in the chunk you just
+add chars above the current "high water mark" in the chunk.  When you
+have finished adding chars, because you got to the end of the symbol,
+you know how long the chars are, and you can create a new object.
+Mostly the chars will not burst over the highest address of the chunk,
+because you would typically expect a chunk to be (say) 100 times as
+long as an average object.
+
+In case that isn't clear, when we have enough chars to make up
+the object, THEY ARE ALREADY CONTIGUOUS IN THE CHUNK (guaranteed)
+so we just point to it where it lies.  No moving of chars is
+needed and this is the second win: potentially long strings need
+never be explicitly shuffled. Once an object is formed, it does not
+change its address during its lifetime.
+
+When the chars burst over a chunk boundary, we allocate a larger
+chunk, and then copy the partly formed object from the end of the old
+chunk to the beginning of the new larger chunk.  We then carry on
+accreting characters to the end of the object as we normally would.
+
+A special macro is provided to add a single char at a time to a
+growing object.  This allows the use of register variables, which
+break the ordinary 'growth' macro.
+
+Summary:
+	We allocate large chunks.
+	We carve out one object at a time from the current chunk.
+	Once carved, an object never moves.
+	We are free to append data of any size to the currently
+	  growing object.
+	Exactly one object is growing in an obstack at any one time.
+	You can run one obstack per control block.
+	You may have as many control blocks as you dare.
+	Because of the way we do it, you can `unwind' an obstack
+	  back to a previous state. (You may remove objects much
+	  as you would with a stack.)
+*/
+
+
+/* Don't do the contents of this file more than once.  */
+
+#ifndef _OBSTACK_H
+#define _OBSTACK_H 1
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* We use subtraction of (char *) 0 instead of casting to int
+   because on word-addressable machines a simple cast to int
+   may ignore the byte-within-word field of the pointer.  */
+
+#ifndef __PTR_TO_INT
+# define __PTR_TO_INT(P) ((P) - (char *) 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __INT_TO_PTR
+# define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((P) + (char *) 0)
+#endif
+
+/* We need the type of the resulting object.  If __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ is
+   defined, as with GNU C, use that; that way we don't pollute the
+   namespace with <stddef.h>'s symbols.  Otherwise, if <stddef.h> is
+   available, include it and use ptrdiff_t.  In traditional C, long is
+   the best that we can do.  */
+
+#ifdef __PTRDIFF_TYPE__
+# define PTR_INT_TYPE __PTRDIFF_TYPE__
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+#  include <stddef.h>
+#  define PTR_INT_TYPE ptrdiff_t
+# else
+#  define PTR_INT_TYPE long
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+# define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N))
+#else
+# ifdef memcpy
+#  define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N))
+# else
+#  define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) bcopy ((From), (To), (N))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+struct _obstack_chunk		/* Lives at front of each chunk. */
+{
+  char  *limit;			/* 1 past end of this chunk */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *prev;	/* address of prior chunk or NULL */
+  char	contents[4];		/* objects begin here */
+};
+
+struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
+{
+  long	chunk_size;		/* preferred size to allocate chunks in */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *chunk;	/* address of current struct obstack_chunk */
+  char	*object_base;		/* address of object we are building */
+  char	*next_free;		/* where to add next char to current object */
+  char	*chunk_limit;		/* address of char after current chunk */
+  PTR_INT_TYPE temp;		/* Temporary for some macros.  */
+  int   alignment_mask;		/* Mask of alignment for each object. */
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+  /* These prototypes vary based on `use_extra_arg', and we use
+     casts to the prototypeless function type in all assignments,
+     but having prototypes here quiets -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (void *, long);
+  void (*freefun) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *);
+  void *extra_arg;		/* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+#else
+  struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (); /* User's fcn to allocate a chunk.  */
+  void (*freefun) ();		/* User's function to free a chunk.  */
+  char *extra_arg;		/* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+#endif
+  unsigned use_extra_arg:1;	/* chunk alloc/dealloc funcs take extra arg */
+  unsigned maybe_empty_object:1;/* There is a possibility that the current
+				   chunk contains a zero-length object.  This
+				   prevents freeing the chunk if we allocate
+				   a bigger chunk to replace it. */
+  unsigned alloc_failed:1;	/* No longer used, as we now call the failed
+				   handler on error, but retained for binary
+				   compatibility.  */
+};
+
+/* Declare the external functions we use; they are in obstack.c.  */
+
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+extern void _obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *, int);
+extern void _obstack_free (struct obstack *, void *);
+extern int _obstack_begin (struct obstack *, int, int,
+			    void *(*) (long), void (*) (void *));
+extern int _obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *, int, int,
+			     void *(*) (void *, long),
+			     void (*) (void *, void *), void *);
+extern int _obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *);
+#else
+extern void _obstack_newchunk ();
+extern void _obstack_free ();
+extern int _obstack_begin ();
+extern int _obstack_begin_1 ();
+extern int _obstack_memory_used ();
+#endif
+
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+
+/* Do the function-declarations after the structs
+   but before defining the macros.  */
+
+void obstack_init (struct obstack *obstack);
+
+void * obstack_alloc (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
+
+void * obstack_copy (struct obstack *obstack, void *address, int size);
+void * obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *obstack, void *address, int size);
+
+void obstack_free (struct obstack *obstack, void *block);
+
+void obstack_blank (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
+
+void obstack_grow (struct obstack *obstack, void *data, int size);
+void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *obstack, void *data, int size);
+
+void obstack_1grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
+void obstack_ptr_grow (struct obstack *obstack, void *data);
+void obstack_int_grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
+
+void * obstack_finish (struct obstack *obstack);
+
+int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *obstack);
+
+int obstack_room (struct obstack *obstack);
+void obstack_make_room (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
+void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
+void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, void *data);
+void obstack_int_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
+void obstack_blank_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
+
+void * obstack_base (struct obstack *obstack);
+void * obstack_next_free (struct obstack *obstack);
+int obstack_alignment_mask (struct obstack *obstack);
+int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
+int obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *obstack);
+
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+/* Non-ANSI C cannot really support alternative functions for these macros,
+   so we do not declare them.  */
+
+/* Error handler called when `obstack_chunk_alloc' failed to allocate
+   more memory.  This can be set to a user defined function which
+   should either abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't
+   return.  The default action is to print a message and abort.  */
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void);
+#else
+extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+#endif
+
+/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used.  */
+extern int obstack_exit_failure;
+
+/* Pointer to beginning of object being allocated or to be allocated next.
+   Note that this might not be the final address of the object
+   because a new chunk might be needed to hold the final size.  */
+
+#define obstack_base(h) ((h)->object_base)
+
+/* Size for allocating ordinary chunks.  */
+
+#define obstack_chunk_size(h) ((h)->chunk_size)
+
+/* Pointer to next byte not yet allocated in current chunk.  */
+
+#define obstack_next_free(h)	((h)->next_free)
+
+/* Mask specifying low bits that should be clear in address of an object.  */
+
+#define obstack_alignment_mask(h) ((h)->alignment_mask)
+
+/* To prevent prototype warnings provide complete argument list in
+   standard C version.  */
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+
+# define obstack_init(h) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+# define obstack_begin(h, size) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+# define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \
+		    (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
+
+# define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \
+		    (void *(*) (void *, long)) (chunkfun), \
+		    (void (*) (void *, void *)) (freefun), (arg))
+
+# define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
+  ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)(void *, long)) (newchunkfun))
+
+# define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
+  ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)(void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) (newfreefun))
+
+#else
+
+# define obstack_init(h) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
+		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+# define obstack_begin(h, size) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \
+		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+# define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \
+		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), (void (*) ()) (freefun))
+
+# define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \
+		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), (void (*) ()) (freefun), (arg))
+
+# define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
+  ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)()) (newchunkfun))
+
+# define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
+  ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)()) (newfreefun))
+
+#endif
+
+#define obstack_1grow_fast(h,achar) (*((h)->next_free)++ = achar)
+
+#define obstack_blank_fast(h,n) ((h)->next_free += (n))
+
+#define obstack_memory_used(h) _obstack_memory_used (h)
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+/* NextStep 2.0 cc is really gcc 1.93 but it defines __GNUC__ = 2 and
+   does not implement __extension__.  But that compiler doesn't define
+   __GNUC_MINOR__.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__NeXT__ && !__GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define __extension__
+# endif
+
+/* For GNU C, if not -traditional,
+   we can define these macros to compute all args only once
+   without using a global variable.
+   Also, we can avoid using the `temp' slot, to make faster code.  */
+
+# define obstack_object_size(OBSTACK)					\
+  __extension__								\
+  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+     (unsigned) (__o->next_free - __o->object_base); })
+
+# define obstack_room(OBSTACK)						\
+  __extension__								\
+  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+     (unsigned) (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free); })
+
+# define obstack_make_room(OBSTACK,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_empty_p(OBSTACK)					\
+  __extension__								\
+  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+     (__o->chunk->prev == 0 && __o->next_free - __o->chunk->contents == 0); })
+
+# define obstack_grow(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->next_free + __len > __o->chunk_limit)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_grow0(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->next_free + __len + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1);				\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;						\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_1grow(OBSTACK,datum)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   if (__o->next_free + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)				\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, 1);					\
+   *(__o->next_free)++ = (datum);					\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+/* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers or ints,
+   and that the data added so far to the current object
+   shares that much alignment.  */
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow(OBSTACK,datum)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   if (__o->next_free + sizeof (void *) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *));				\
+   *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = ((void *)datum);			\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK,datum)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   if (__o->next_free + sizeof (int) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int));				\
+   *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = ((int)datum);				\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((void **) (h)->next_free)++ = (void *)aptr)
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)
+
+# define obstack_blank(OBSTACK,length)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_alloc(OBSTACK,length)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					\
+   obstack_blank (__h, (length));					\
+   obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+# define obstack_copy(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					\
+   obstack_grow (__h, (where), (length));				\
+   obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+# define obstack_copy0(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					\
+   obstack_grow0 (__h, (where), (length));				\
+   obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+/* The local variable is named __o1 to avoid a name conflict
+   when obstack_blank is called.  */
+# define obstack_finish(OBSTACK)  					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK);					\
+   void *value;								\
+   value = (void *) __o1->object_base;					\
+   if (__o1->next_free == value)					\
+     __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1;					\
+   __o1->next_free							\
+     = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (__o1->next_free)+__o1->alignment_mask)\
+		     & ~ (__o1->alignment_mask));			\
+   if (__o1->next_free - (char *)__o1->chunk				\
+       > __o1->chunk_limit - (char *)__o1->chunk)			\
+     __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit;				\
+   __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free;					\
+   value; })
+
+# define obstack_free(OBSTACK, OBJ)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   void *__obj = (OBJ);							\
+   if (__obj > (void *)__o->chunk && __obj < (void *)__o->chunk_limit)  \
+     __o->next_free = __o->object_base = (char *)__obj;			\
+   else (obstack_free) (__o, __obj); })
+
+#else /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */
+
+# define obstack_object_size(h) \
+ (unsigned) ((h)->next_free - (h)->object_base)
+
+# define obstack_room(h)		\
+ (unsigned) ((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free)
+
+# define obstack_empty_p(h) \
+ ((h)->chunk->prev == 0 && (h)->next_free - (h)->chunk->contents == 0)
+
+/* Note that the call to _obstack_newchunk is enclosed in (..., 0)
+   so that we can avoid having void expressions
+   in the arms of the conditional expression.
+   Casting the third operand to void was tried before,
+   but some compilers won't accept it.  */
+
+# define obstack_make_room(h,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0))
+
+# define obstack_grow(h,where,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),	\
+  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp)
+
+# define obstack_grow0(h,where,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp + 1), 0) : 0),			\
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),	\
+  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp,						\
+  *((h)->next_free)++ = 0)
+
+# define obstack_1grow(h,datum)						\
+( (((h)->next_free + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)				\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), 1), 0) : 0),				\
+  (*((h)->next_free)++ = (datum)))
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow(h,datum)					\
+( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (char *) > (h)->chunk_limit)		\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0),		\
+  (*((char **) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = ((char *) datum)))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow(h,datum)					\
+( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (int) > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0),			\
+  (*((int *) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = ((int) datum)))
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((char **) (h)->next_free)++ = (char *) aptr)
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)
+
+# define obstack_blank(h,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free < (h)->temp)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
+  ((h)->next_free += (h)->temp))
+
+# define obstack_alloc(h,length)					\
+ (obstack_blank ((h), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+# define obstack_copy(h,where,length)					\
+ (obstack_grow ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+# define obstack_copy0(h,where,length)					\
+ (obstack_grow0 ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+# define obstack_finish(h)  						\
+( ((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base					\
+   ? (((h)->maybe_empty_object = 1), 0)					\
+   : 0),								\
+  (h)->temp = __PTR_TO_INT ((h)->object_base),				\
+  (h)->next_free							\
+    = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT ((h)->next_free)+(h)->alignment_mask)	\
+		    & ~ ((h)->alignment_mask)),				\
+  (((h)->next_free - (char *) (h)->chunk				\
+    > (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
+   ? ((h)->next_free = (h)->chunk_limit) : 0),				\
+  (h)->object_base = (h)->next_free,					\
+  __INT_TO_PTR ((h)->temp))
+
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
+( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
+  (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
+   ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
+	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
+   : (((obstack_free) ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0), 0)))
+# else
+#  define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
+( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
+  (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
+   ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
+	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
+   : (_obstack_free ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0)))
+# endif
+
+#endif /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}	/* C++ */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* obstack.h */
diff --git a/lib/posix/Makefile.am b/lib/posix/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..610ef229
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/posix/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+## Process this file with automake to create Makefile.in
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS=no-dependencies
+
+EXTRA_DIST = regex.h
diff --git a/lib/posix/regex.h b/lib/posix/regex.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d88ab92b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/posix/regex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,542 @@
+/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
+   expression library, version 0.12.
+   Copyright (C) 1985,89,90,91,92,93,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_H
+#define _REGEX_H 1
+
+/* Allow the use in C++ code.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* POSIX says that <sys/types.h> must be included (by the caller) before
+   <regex.h>.  */
+
+#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined VMS
+/* VMS doesn't have `size_t' in <sys/types.h>, even though POSIX says it
+   should be there.  */
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
+   wide enough to hold a value of a pointer.  For most ANSI compilers
+   ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK.  Still size of these two
+   types is 2 for Microsoft C.  Ugh... */
+typedef long int s_reg_t;
+typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t;
+
+/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we
+   recognize.  The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax
+   remains the value 0.  The bits are given in alphabetical order, and
+   the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we
+   add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change.  */
+typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;
+
+/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal.
+   If set, then such a \ quotes the following character.  */
+#define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1)
+
+/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
+     literals.
+   If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals.  */
+#define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported.  They are:
+     [:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:],  [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:],
+     [:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:].
+   If not set, then character classes are not supported.  */
+#define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket
+     expressions, of course).
+   If this bit is not set, then it depends:
+        ^  is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular
+           expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator;
+        $  is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or
+           before a close-group or an alternation operator.
+
+   This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because
+   POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined.
+   We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs
+   invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back.  */
+#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special
+     regardless of where they are in the pattern.
+   If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in
+     some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary.  Specifically,
+     * + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning,
+     open-group, or alternation operator.  */
+#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or
+     immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator.  */
+#define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline.
+   If not set, then it doesn't.  */
+#define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL.
+   If not set, then it does.  */
+#define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline.
+   If not set, they do.  */
+#define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an
+     interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES.
+   If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals.  */
+#define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators.
+   If not set, they are.  */
+#define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator.
+   If not set, newline is literal.  */
+#define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then `{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \}
+     are literals.
+  If not set, then `\{...\}' defines an interval.  */
+#define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals.
+   If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals.  */
+#define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then \<digit> matches <digit>.
+   If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference.  */
+#define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal.
+   If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal.  */
+#define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher
+     than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid.
+   If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the
+     starting range point, the range is ignored.  */
+#define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary.
+   If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid.  */
+#define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, succeed as soon as we match the whole pattern,
+   without further backtracking.  */
+#define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators.
+   If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */
+#define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging.
+   If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off.
+   This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG.
+   We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on
+   debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have
+   this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */
+#define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1)
+
+/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
+   some interfaces).  When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
+   stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
+   already-compiled regexps.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
+
+/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities.
+   (The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so
+   don't delete them!)  */
+/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */
+#define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_AWK							\
+  (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS   | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL			\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS              | RE_NO_BK_REFS			\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR                | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES			\
+   | RE_DOT_NEWLINE		  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS		\
+   | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK						\
+  ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DEBUG)	\
+   & ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_INTERVALS | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS))
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK 						\
+  (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS		\
+   | RE_INTERVALS	    | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_GREP							\
+  (RE_BK_PLUS_QM              | RE_CHAR_CLASSES				\
+   | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE | RE_INTERVALS				\
+   | RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP							\
+  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES        | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE			\
+   | RE_NEWLINE_ALT       | RE_NO_BK_PARENS				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP						\
+  (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES)
+
+/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff.  */
+#define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
+
+/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax.  */
+#define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON						\
+  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE      | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL		\
+   | RE_INTERVALS  | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC						\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM)
+
+/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes
+   RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized.  Actually, this
+   isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled.  */
+#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC					\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS)
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED					\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS  | RE_NO_BK_BRACES				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS       | RE_NO_BK_VBAR				\
+   | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+
+/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS
+   replaces RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added.  */
+#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED				\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_REFS				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR	    | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */
+
+/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow.  Some systems
+   (erroneously) define this in other header files, but we want our
+   value, so remove any previous define.  */
+#ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
+# undef RE_DUP_MAX
+#endif
+/* If sizeof(int) == 2, then ((1 << 15) - 1) overflows.  */
+#define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
+
+
+/* POSIX `cflags' bits (i.e., information for `regcomp').  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax.
+   If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax.  */
+#define REG_EXTENDED 1
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
+   If not set, then case is significant.  */
+#define REG_ICASE (REG_EXTENDED << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline
+     characters in the string.
+   If not set, then anchors do match at newlines.  */
+#define REG_NEWLINE (REG_ICASE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec.
+   If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors.  */
+#define REG_NOSUB (REG_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+
+/* POSIX `eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec).  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match
+     the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the
+     beginning of a line).
+   If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the
+     beginning of the string.  */
+#define REG_NOTBOL 1
+
+/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line.  */
+#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1)
+
+
+/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the
+   `re_error_msg' table in regex.c.  */
+typedef enum
+{
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+  REG_ENOSYS = -1,	/* This will never happen for this implementation.  */
+#endif
+
+  REG_NOERROR = 0,	/* Success.  */
+  REG_NOMATCH,		/* Didn't find a match (for regexec).  */
+
+  /* POSIX regcomp return error codes.  (In the order listed in the
+     standard.)  */
+  REG_BADPAT,		/* Invalid pattern.  */
+  REG_ECOLLATE,		/* Not implemented.  */
+  REG_ECTYPE,		/* Invalid character class name.  */
+  REG_EESCAPE,		/* Trailing backslash.  */
+  REG_ESUBREG,		/* Invalid back reference.  */
+  REG_EBRACK,		/* Unmatched left bracket.  */
+  REG_EPAREN,		/* Parenthesis imbalance.  */
+  REG_EBRACE,		/* Unmatched \{.  */
+  REG_BADBR,		/* Invalid contents of \{\}.  */
+  REG_ERANGE,		/* Invalid range end.  */
+  REG_ESPACE,		/* Ran out of memory.  */
+  REG_BADRPT,		/* No preceding re for repetition op.  */
+
+  /* Error codes we've added.  */
+  REG_EEND,		/* Premature end.  */
+  REG_ESIZE,		/* Compiled pattern bigger than 2^16 bytes.  */
+  REG_ERPAREN		/* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp.  */
+} reg_errcode_t;
+
+/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern.  Before calling
+   the pattern compiler, the fields `buffer', `allocated', `fastmap',
+   `translate', and `no_sub' can be set.  After the pattern has been
+   compiled, the `re_nsub' field is available.  All other fields are
+   private to the regex routines.  */
+
+#ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
+# define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE char *
+#endif
+
+struct re_pattern_buffer
+{
+/* [[[begin pattern_buffer]]] */
+	/* Space that holds the compiled pattern.  It is declared as
+          `unsigned char *' because its elements are
+           sometimes used as array indexes.  */
+  unsigned char *buffer;
+
+	/* Number of bytes to which `buffer' points.  */
+  unsigned long int allocated;
+
+	/* Number of bytes actually used in `buffer'.  */
+  unsigned long int used;
+
+        /* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled.  */
+  reg_syntax_t syntax;
+
+        /* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero.  re_search uses
+           the fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible
+           starting points for matches.  */
+  char *fastmap;
+
+        /* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before
+           comparing them, or zero for no translation.  The translation
+           is applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string
+           when it is matched.  */
+  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate;
+
+	/* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler.  */
+  size_t re_nsub;
+
+        /* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else.
+           Well, in truth it's used only in `re_search_2', to see
+           whether or not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set
+           this absolutely perfectly; see `re_compile_fastmap' (the
+           `duplicate' case).  */
+  unsigned can_be_null : 1;
+
+        /* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the `regs' structure
+             for `max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups.
+           If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary.
+           If REGS_FIXED, use what's there.  */
+#define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0
+#define REGS_REALLOCATE 1
+#define REGS_FIXED 2
+  unsigned regs_allocated : 2;
+
+        /* Set to zero when `regex_compile' compiles a pattern; set to one
+           by `re_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap.  */
+  unsigned fastmap_accurate : 1;
+
+        /* If set, `re_match_2' does not return information about
+           subexpressions.  */
+  unsigned no_sub : 1;
+
+        /* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the
+           beginning of the string.  */
+  unsigned not_bol : 1;
+
+        /* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor.  */
+  unsigned not_eol : 1;
+
+        /* If true, an anchor at a newline matches.  */
+  unsigned newline_anchor : 1;
+
+/* [[[end pattern_buffer]]] */
+};
+
+typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t;
+
+/* Type for byte offsets within the string.  POSIX mandates this.  */
+typedef int regoff_t;
+
+
+/* This is the structure we store register match data in.  See
+   regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match.  */
+struct re_registers
+{
+  unsigned num_regs;
+  regoff_t *start;
+  regoff_t *end;
+};
+
+
+/* If `regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer,
+   `re_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers
+   the first time a `regs' structure is passed.  */
+#ifndef RE_NREGS
+# define RE_NREGS 30
+#endif
+
+
+/* POSIX specification for registers.  Aside from the different names than
+   `re_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a
+   structure of arrays.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  regoff_t rm_so;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start.  */
+  regoff_t rm_eo;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end.  */
+} regmatch_t;
+
+/* Declarations for routines.  */
+
+/* To avoid duplicating every routine declaration -- once with a
+   prototype (if we are ANSI), and once without (if we aren't) -- we
+   use the following macro to declare argument types.  This
+   unfortunately clutters up the declarations a bit, but I think it's
+   worth it.  */
+
+#if __STDC__
+
+# define _RE_ARGS(args) args
+
+#else /* not __STDC__ */
+
+# define _RE_ARGS(args) ()
+
+#endif /* not __STDC__ */
+
+/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
+   You can also simply assign to the `re_syntax_options' variable.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax));
+
+/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
+   and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer
+   BUFFER.  Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not.  */
+extern const char *re_compile_pattern
+  _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, size_t length,
+             struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
+
+
+/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
+   accelerate searches.  Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
+   internal error.  */
+extern int re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
+
+
+/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern
+   compiled into BUFFER.  Start searching at position START, for RANGE
+   characters.  Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
+   match, or -2 for an internal error.  Also return register
+   information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero).  */
+extern int re_search
+  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
+            int length, int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs));
+
+
+/* Like `re_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
+   STRING2.  Also, stop searching at index START + STOP.  */
+extern int re_search_2
+  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
+             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
+             int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
+
+
+/* Like `re_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
+   in BUFFER matched, starting at position START.  */
+extern int re_match
+  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
+             int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs));
+
+
+/* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'.  */
+extern int re_match_2
+  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
+             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
+             int start, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
+
+
+/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
+   ENDS.  Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory
+   for recording register information.  STARTS and ENDS must be
+   allocated with malloc, and must each be at least `NUM_REGS * sizeof
+   (regoff_t)' bytes long.
+
+   If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
+   register data.
+
+   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
+   PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
+   freeing the old data.  */
+extern void re_set_registers
+  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, struct re_registers *regs,
+             unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
+# ifndef _CRAY
+/* 4.2 bsd compatibility.  */
+extern char *re_comp _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
+extern int re_exec _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* POSIX compatibility.  */
+extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg, const char *__pattern,
+			      int __cflags));
+
+extern int regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__preg,
+			      const char *__string, size_t __nmatch,
+			      regmatch_t __pmatch[], int __eflags));
+
+extern size_t regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
+				  char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));
+
+extern void regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg));
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif	/* C++ */
+
+#endif /* regex.h */
+
+/*
+Local variables:
+make-backup-files: t
+version-control: t
+trim-versions-without-asking: nil
+End:
+*/
diff --git a/lib/quotearg.c b/lib/quotearg.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a668a68b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/quotearg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,619 @@
+/* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>  /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC.  */
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <quotearg.h>
+#include <xalloc.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(text) gettext (text)
+#else
+# define _(text) text
+#endif
+#define N_(text) text
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+#ifndef UCHAR_MAX
+# define UCHAR_MAX ((unsigned char) -1)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
+# define ALERT_CHAR '\a'
+#else
+# define ALERT_CHAR '\7'
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_H
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+size_t mbrtowc ();
+# ifdef mbstate_t
+#  define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) (mbrtowc) (pwc, s, n, 0)
+#  define mbsinit(ps) 1
+# endif
+#else
+/* Disable multibyte processing entirely.  Since MB_CUR_MAX is 1, the
+   other macros are defined only for documentation and to satisfy C
+   syntax.  */
+# undef MB_CUR_MAX
+# define MB_CUR_MAX 1
+# define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) ((*(pwc) = *(s)) != 0)
+# define mbsinit(ps) 1
+# define iswprint(wc) ISPRINT ((unsigned char) (wc))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef iswprint
+# if HAVE_WCTYPE_H
+#  include <wctype.h>
+# endif
+# if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT
+#  define iswprint(wc) 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
+
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+
+/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
+#undef ISPRINT
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
+
+struct quoting_options
+{
+  /* Basic quoting style.  */
+  enum quoting_style style;
+
+  /* Quote the characters indicated by this bit vector even if the
+     quoting style would not normally require them to be quoted.  */
+  int quote_these_too[(UCHAR_MAX / INT_BITS) + 1];
+};
+
+/* Names of quoting styles.  */
+char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
+{
+  "literal",
+  "shell",
+  "shell-always",
+  "c",
+  "escape",
+  "locale",
+  "clocale",
+  0
+};
+
+/* Correspondences to quoting style names.  */
+enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
+{
+  literal_quoting_style,
+  shell_quoting_style,
+  shell_always_quoting_style,
+  c_quoting_style,
+  escape_quoting_style,
+  locale_quoting_style,
+  clocale_quoting_style
+};
+
+/* The default quoting options.  */
+static struct quoting_options default_quoting_options;
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *
+clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
+{
+  struct quoting_options *p
+    = (struct quoting_options *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct quoting_options));
+  *p = *(o ? o : &default_quoting_options);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style
+get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o)
+{
+  return (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void
+set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s)
+{
+  (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style = s;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
+int
+set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i)
+{
+  unsigned char uc = c;
+  int *p = (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->quote_these_too + uc / INT_BITS;
+  int shift = uc % INT_BITS;
+  int r = (*p >> shift) & 1;
+  *p ^= ((i & 1) ^ r) << shift;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* MSGID approximates a quotation mark.  Return its translation if it
+   has one; otherwise, return either it or "\"", depending on S.  */
+static char const *
+gettext_quote (char const *msgid, enum quoting_style s)
+{
+  char const *translation = _(msgid);
+  if (translation == msgid && s == clocale_quoting_style)
+    translation = "\"";
+  return translation;
+}
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using QUOTING_STYLE and the
+   non-quoting-style part of O to control quoting.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.
+
+   This function acts like quotearg_buffer (BUFFER, BUFFERSIZE, ARG,
+   ARGSIZE, O), except it uses QUOTING_STYLE instead of the quoting
+   style specified by O, and O may not be null.  */
+
+static size_t
+quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+			  char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+			  enum quoting_style quoting_style,
+			  struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  size_t len = 0;
+  char const *quote_string = 0;
+  size_t quote_string_len = 0;
+  int backslash_escapes = 0;
+  int unibyte_locale = MB_CUR_MAX == 1;
+
+#define STORE(c) \
+    do \
+      { \
+	if (len < buffersize) \
+	  buffer[len] = (c); \
+	len++; \
+      } \
+    while (0)
+
+  switch (quoting_style)
+    {
+    case c_quoting_style:
+      STORE ('"');
+      backslash_escapes = 1;
+      quote_string = "\"";
+      quote_string_len = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case escape_quoting_style:
+      backslash_escapes = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case locale_quoting_style:
+    case clocale_quoting_style:
+      {
+	/* Get translations for open and closing quotation marks.
+
+	   The message catalog should translate "`" to a left
+	   quotation mark suitable for the locale, and similarly for
+	   "'".  If the catalog has no translation,
+	   locale_quoting_style quotes `like this', and
+	   clocale_quoting_style quotes "like this".
+
+	   For example, an American English Unicode locale should
+	   translate "`" to U+201C (LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK), and
+	   should translate "'" to U+201D (RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION
+	   MARK).  A British English Unicode locale should instead
+	   translate these to U+2018 (LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK) and
+	   U+2019 (RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK), respectively.  */
+
+	char const *left = gettext_quote (N_("`"), quoting_style);
+	char const *right = gettext_quote (N_("'"), quoting_style);
+	for (quote_string = left; *quote_string; quote_string++)
+	  STORE (*quote_string);
+	backslash_escapes = 1;
+	quote_string = right;
+	quote_string_len = strlen (quote_string);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case shell_always_quoting_style:
+      STORE ('\'');
+      quote_string = "'";
+      quote_string_len = 1;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
+    {
+      unsigned char c;
+      unsigned char esc;
+
+      if (backslash_escapes
+	  && quote_string_len
+	  && i + quote_string_len <= argsize
+	  && memcmp (arg + i, quote_string, quote_string_len) == 0)
+	STORE ('\\');
+
+      c = arg[i];
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '?':
+	  switch (quoting_style)
+	    {
+	    case shell_quoting_style:
+	      goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
+
+	    case c_quoting_style:
+	      if (i + 2 < argsize && arg[i + 1] == '?')
+		switch (arg[i + 2])
+		  {
+		  case '!': case '\'':
+		  case '(': case ')': case '-': case '/':
+		  case '<': case '=': case '>':
+		    /* Escape the second '?' in what would otherwise be
+		       a trigraph.  */
+		    i += 2;
+		    c = arg[i + 2];
+		    STORE ('?');
+		    STORE ('\\');
+		    STORE ('?');
+		    break;
+		  }
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case ALERT_CHAR: esc = 'a'; goto c_escape;
+	case '\b': esc = 'b'; goto c_escape;
+	case '\f': esc = 'f'; goto c_escape;
+	case '\n': esc = 'n'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+	case '\r': esc = 'r'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+	case '\t': esc = 't'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+	case '\v': esc = 'v'; goto c_escape;
+	case '\\': esc = c; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+
+	c_and_shell_escape:
+	  if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
+	    goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
+	c_escape:
+	  if (backslash_escapes)
+	    {
+	      c = esc;
+	      goto store_escape;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case '#': case '~':
+	  if (i != 0)
+	    break;
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case ' ':
+	case '!': /* special in bash */
+	case '"': case '$': case '&':
+	case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
+	case '<': case '>': case '[':
+	case '^': /* special in old /bin/sh, e.g. SunOS 4.1.4 */
+	case '`': case '|':
+	  /* A shell special character.  In theory, '$' and '`' could
+	     be the first bytes of multibyte characters, which means
+	     we should check them with mbrtowc, but in practice this
+	     doesn't happen so it's not worth worrying about.  */
+	  if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
+	    goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
+	  break;
+
+	case '\'':
+	  switch (quoting_style)
+	    {
+	    case shell_quoting_style:
+	      goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
+
+	    case shell_always_quoting_style:
+	      STORE ('\'');
+	      STORE ('\\');
+	      STORE ('\'');
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case '%': case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+	case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': case ':': case '=':
+	case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+	case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+	case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+	case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+	case 'Y': case 'Z': case ']': case '_': case 'a': case 'b':
+	case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h':
+	case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n':
+	case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
+	case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z':
+	case '{': case '}':
+	  /* These characters don't cause problems, no matter what the
+	     quoting style is.  They cannot start multibyte sequences.  */
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  /* If we have a multibyte sequence, copy it until we reach
+	     its end, find an error, or come back to the initial shift
+	     state.  For C-like styles, if the sequence has
+	     unprintable characters, escape the whole sequence, since
+	     we can't easily escape single characters within it.  */
+	  {
+	    /* Length of multibyte sequence found so far.  */
+	    size_t m;
+
+	    int printable;
+
+	    if (unibyte_locale)
+	      {
+		m = 1;
+		printable = ISPRINT (c);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		mbstate_t mbstate;
+		memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
+
+		m = 0;
+		printable = 1;
+		if (argsize == (size_t) -1)
+		  argsize = strlen (arg);
+
+		do
+		  {
+		    wchar_t w;
+		    size_t bytes = mbrtowc (&w, &arg[i + m],
+					    argsize - (i + m), &mbstate);
+		    if (bytes == 0)
+		      break;
+		    else if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+		      {
+			printable = 0;
+			break;
+		      }
+		    else if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+		      {
+			printable = 0;
+			while (i + m < argsize && arg[i + m])
+			  m++;
+			break;
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {
+			if (! iswprint (w))
+			  printable = 0;
+			m += bytes;
+		      }
+		  }
+		while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
+	      }
+
+	    if (1 < m || (backslash_escapes && ! printable))
+	      {
+		/* Output a multibyte sequence, or an escaped
+		   unprintable unibyte character.  */
+		size_t ilim = i + m;
+
+		for (;;)
+		  {
+		    if (backslash_escapes && ! printable)
+		      {
+			STORE ('\\');
+			STORE ('0' + (c >> 6));
+			STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
+			c = '0' + (c & 7);
+		      }
+		    if (ilim <= i + 1)
+		      break;
+		    STORE (c);
+		    c = arg[++i];
+		  }
+
+		goto store_c;
+	      }
+	  }
+	}
+
+      if (! (backslash_escapes
+	     && o->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS))))
+	goto store_c;
+
+    store_escape:
+      STORE ('\\');
+
+    store_c:
+      STORE (c);
+    }
+
+  if (quote_string)
+    for (; *quote_string; quote_string++)
+      STORE (*quote_string);
+
+  if (len < buffersize)
+    buffer[len] = '\0';
+  return len;
+
+ use_shell_always_quoting_style:
+  return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
+				   shell_always_quoting_style, o);
+}
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
+size_t
+quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+		 char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+		 struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
+  return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
+				   p->style, p);
+}
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative.  N is deliberately declared with type "int"
+   to allow for future extensions (using negative values).  */
+static char *
+quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
+		    struct quoting_options const *options)
+{
+  /* Preallocate a slot 0 buffer, so that the caller can always quote
+     one small component of a "memory exhausted" message in slot 0.  */
+  static char slot0[256];
+  static unsigned int nslots = 1;
+  struct slotvec
+    {
+      size_t size;
+      char *val;
+    };
+  static struct slotvec slotvec0 = {sizeof slot0, slot0};
+  static struct slotvec *slotvec = &slotvec0;
+
+  if (nslots <= n)
+    {
+      int n1 = n + 1;
+      size_t s = n1 * sizeof (struct slotvec);
+      if (! (0 < n1 && n1 == s / sizeof (struct slotvec)))
+	abort ();
+      if (slotvec == &slotvec0)
+	{
+	  slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct slotvec));
+	  *slotvec = slotvec0;
+	}
+      slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xrealloc (slotvec, s);
+      memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof (struct slotvec));
+      nslots = n;
+    }
+
+  {
+    size_t size = slotvec[n].size;
+    char *val = slotvec[n].val;
+    size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, (size_t) -1, options);
+
+    if (size <= qsize)
+      {
+	slotvec[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
+	slotvec[n].val = val = xrealloc (val == slot0 ? 0 : val, size);
+	quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, (size_t) -1, options);
+      }
+
+    return val;
+  }
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n (unsigned int n, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, &default_quoting_options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n (0, arg);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_style (unsigned int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
+{
+  struct quoting_options o;
+  o.style = s;
+  memset (o.quote_these_too, 0, sizeof o.quote_these_too);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, &o);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_style (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_style (0, s, arg);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
+{
+  struct quoting_options options;
+  options = default_quoting_options;
+  set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
+  return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, &options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_colon (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_char (arg, ':');
+}
diff --git a/lib/quotearg.h b/lib/quotearg.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f6463b1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/quotearg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
+
+/* Basic quoting styles.  */
+enum quoting_style
+  {
+    literal_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=literal */
+    shell_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell */
+    shell_always_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell-always */
+    c_quoting_style,		/* --quoting-style=c */
+    escape_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=escape */
+    locale_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=locale */
+    clocale_quoting_style	/* --quoting-style=clocale */
+  };
+
+/* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but this may change.  */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values.  */
+extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
+extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];
+
+struct quoting_options;
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
+   that contains the default quoting style options.  */
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options
+   PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style get_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void set_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o,
+				enum quoting_style s));
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
+int set_char_quoting PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i));
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
+size_t quotearg_buffer PARAMS ((char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+				char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+				struct quoting_options const *o));
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   Use the default quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative.  */
+char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((unsigned int n, char const *arg));
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG).  */
+char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));
+
+/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   This is like quotearg_n (N, ARG), except that it uses S with no other
+   options to specify the quoting method.  */
+char *quotearg_n_style PARAMS ((unsigned int n, enum quoting_style s,
+				char const *arg));
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_style (0, S, ARG).  */
+char *quotearg_style PARAMS ((enum quoting_style s, char const *arg));
+
+/* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH.  */
+char *quotearg_char PARAMS ((char const *arg, char ch));
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':').  */
+char *quotearg_colon PARAMS ((char const *arg));
diff --git a/lib/regex.c b/lib/regex.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..640e3fe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/regex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,5885 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library,
+   version 0.12.
+   (Implements POSIX draft P1003.2/D11.2, except for some of the
+   internationalization features.)
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file. */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined REGEX_MALLOC
+  #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#undef	_GNU_SOURCE
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined __GNUC__ || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif  /* GCC.  */
+#endif  /* Not PARAMS.  */
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS && !defined emacs
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+/* We need this for `regex.h', and perhaps for the Emacs include files.  */
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+#define WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT (HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_WCHAR_H && HAVE_BTOWC)
+
+/* For platform which support the ISO C amendement 1 functionality we
+   support user defined character classes.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+/* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>.  */
+# include <wchar.h>
+# include <wctype.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to keep the namespace clean.  */
+# define regfree(preg) __regfree (preg)
+# define regexec(pr, st, nm, pm, ef) __regexec (pr, st, nm, pm, ef)
+# define regcomp(preg, pattern, cflags) __regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
+# define regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size) \
+	__regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size)
+# define re_set_registers(bu, re, nu, st, en) \
+	__re_set_registers (bu, re, nu, st, en)
+# define re_match_2(bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop) \
+	__re_match_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop)
+# define re_match(bufp, string, size, pos, regs) \
+	__re_match (bufp, string, size, pos, regs)
+# define re_search(bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs) \
+	__re_search (bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs)
+# define re_compile_pattern(pattern, length, bufp) \
+	__re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp)
+# define re_set_syntax(syntax) __re_set_syntax (syntax)
+# define re_search_2(bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop) \
+	__re_search_2 (bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop)
+# define re_compile_fastmap(bufp) __re_compile_fastmap (bufp)
+
+#define btowc __btowc
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef _
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
+   When compiling libc, the _ and N_ macros are predefined.  */
+# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  include <libintl.h>
+# else
+#  define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
+# endif
+# define N_(msgid) (msgid)
+#endif
+
+/* The `emacs' switch turns on certain matching commands
+   that make sense only in Emacs. */
+#ifdef emacs
+
+# include "lisp.h"
+# include "buffer.h"
+# include "syntax.h"
+
+#else  /* not emacs */
+
+/* If we are not linking with Emacs proper,
+   we can't use the relocating allocator
+   even if config.h says that we can.  */
+# undef REL_ALLOC
+
+# if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# else
+char *malloc ();
+char *realloc ();
+# endif
+
+/* When used in Emacs's lib-src, we need to get bzero and bcopy somehow.
+   If nothing else has been done, use the method below.  */
+# ifdef INHIBIT_STRING_HEADER
+#  if !(defined HAVE_BZERO && defined HAVE_BCOPY)
+#   if !defined bzero && !defined bcopy
+#    undef INHIBIT_STRING_HEADER
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* This is the normal way of making sure we have a bcopy and a bzero.
+   This is used in most programs--a few other programs avoid this
+   by defining INHIBIT_STRING_HEADER.  */
+# ifndef INHIBIT_STRING_HEADER
+#  if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+#   include <string.h>
+#   ifndef bzero
+#    ifndef _LIBC
+#     define bzero(s, n)	(memset (s, '\0', n), (s))
+#    else
+#     define bzero(s, n)	__bzero (s, n)
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   include <strings.h>
+#   ifndef memcmp
+#    define memcmp(s1, s2, n)	bcmp (s1, s2, n)
+#   endif
+#   ifndef memcpy
+#    define memcpy(d, s, n)	(bcopy (s, d, n), (d))
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Define the syntax stuff for \<, \>, etc.  */
+
+/* This must be nonzero for the wordchar and notwordchar pattern
+   commands in re_match_2.  */
+# ifndef Sword
+#  define Sword 1
+# endif
+
+# ifdef SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
+#  define SWITCH_ENUM_CAST(x) ((int)(x))
+# else
+#  define SWITCH_ENUM_CAST(x) (x)
+# endif
+
+#endif /* not emacs */
+
+/* Get the interface, including the syntax bits.  */
+#include <regex.h>
+
+/* isalpha etc. are used for the character classes.  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* Jim Meyering writes:
+
+   "... Some ctype macros are valid only for character codes that
+   isascii says are ASCII (SGI's IRIX-4.0.5 is one such system --when
+   using /bin/cc or gcc but without giving an ansi option).  So, all
+   ctype uses should be through macros like ISPRINT...  If
+   STDC_HEADERS is defined, then autoconf has verified that the ctype
+   macros don't need to be guarded with references to isascii. ...
+   Defining isascii to 1 should let any compiler worth its salt
+   eliminate the && through constant folding."
+   Solaris defines some of these symbols so we must undefine them first.  */
+
+#undef ISASCII
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || (!defined isascii && !defined HAVE_ISASCII)
+# define ISASCII(c) 1
+#else
+# define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef isblank
+# define ISBLANK(c) (ISASCII (c) && isblank (c))
+#else
+# define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
+#endif
+#ifdef isgraph
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c))
+#else
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
+#endif
+
+#undef ISPRINT
+#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
+#define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isdigit (c))
+#define ISALNUM(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalnum (c))
+#define ISALPHA(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalpha (c))
+#define ISCNTRL(c) (ISASCII (c) && iscntrl (c))
+#define ISLOWER(c) (ISASCII (c) && islower (c))
+#define ISPUNCT(c) (ISASCII (c) && ispunct (c))
+#define ISSPACE(c) (ISASCII (c) && isspace (c))
+#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
+#define ISXDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isxdigit (c))
+
+#ifdef _tolower
+# define TOLOWER(c) _tolower(c)
+#else
+# define TOLOWER(c) tolower(c)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NULL
+# define NULL (void *)0
+#endif
+
+/* We remove any previous definition of `SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR',
+   since ours (we hope) works properly with all combinations of
+   machines, compilers, `char' and `unsigned char' argument types.
+   (Per Bothner suggested the basic approach.)  */
+#undef SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
+#if __STDC__
+# define SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR(c) ((signed char) (c))
+#else  /* not __STDC__ */
+/* As in Harbison and Steele.  */
+# define SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR(c) ((((unsigned char) (c)) ^ 128) - 128)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef emacs
+/* How many characters in the character set.  */
+# define CHAR_SET_SIZE 256
+
+# ifdef SYNTAX_TABLE
+
+extern char *re_syntax_table;
+
+# else /* not SYNTAX_TABLE */
+
+static char re_syntax_table[CHAR_SET_SIZE];
+
+static void
+init_syntax_once ()
+{
+   register int c;
+   static int done = 0;
+
+   if (done)
+     return;
+   bzero (re_syntax_table, sizeof re_syntax_table);
+
+   for (c = 0; c < CHAR_SET_SIZE; ++c)
+     if (ISALNUM (c))
+	re_syntax_table[c] = Sword;
+
+   re_syntax_table['_'] = Sword;
+
+   done = 1;
+}
+
+# endif /* not SYNTAX_TABLE */
+
+# define SYNTAX(c) re_syntax_table[((c) & 0xFF)]
+
+#endif /* emacs */
+
+/* Should we use malloc or alloca?  If REGEX_MALLOC is not defined, we
+   use `alloca' instead of `malloc'.  This is because using malloc in
+   re_search* or re_match* could cause memory leaks when C-g is used in
+   Emacs; also, malloc is slower and causes storage fragmentation.  On
+   the other hand, malloc is more portable, and easier to debug.
+
+   Because we sometimes use alloca, some routines have to be macros,
+   not functions -- `alloca'-allocated space disappears at the end of the
+   function it is called in.  */
+
+#ifdef REGEX_MALLOC
+
+# define REGEX_ALLOCATE malloc
+# define REGEX_REALLOCATE(source, osize, nsize) realloc (source, nsize)
+# define REGEX_FREE free
+
+#else /* not REGEX_MALLOC  */
+
+/* Emacs already defines alloca, sometimes.  */
+# ifndef alloca
+
+/* Make alloca work the best possible way.  */
+#  ifdef __GNUC__
+#   define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#  else /* not __GNUC__ */
+#   if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#    include <alloca.h>
+#   endif /* HAVE_ALLOCA_H */
+#  endif /* not __GNUC__ */
+
+# endif /* not alloca */
+
+# define REGEX_ALLOCATE alloca
+
+/* Assumes a `char *destination' variable.  */
+# define REGEX_REALLOCATE(source, osize, nsize)				\
+  (destination = (char *) alloca (nsize),				\
+   memcpy (destination, source, osize))
+
+/* No need to do anything to free, after alloca.  */
+# define REGEX_FREE(arg) ((void)0) /* Do nothing!  But inhibit gcc warning.  */
+
+#endif /* not REGEX_MALLOC */
+
+/* Define how to allocate the failure stack.  */
+
+#if defined REL_ALLOC && defined REGEX_MALLOC
+
+# define REGEX_ALLOCATE_STACK(size)				\
+  r_alloc (&failure_stack_ptr, (size))
+# define REGEX_REALLOCATE_STACK(source, osize, nsize)		\
+  r_re_alloc (&failure_stack_ptr, (nsize))
+# define REGEX_FREE_STACK(ptr)					\
+  r_alloc_free (&failure_stack_ptr)
+
+#else /* not using relocating allocator */
+
+# ifdef REGEX_MALLOC
+
+#  define REGEX_ALLOCATE_STACK malloc
+#  define REGEX_REALLOCATE_STACK(source, osize, nsize) realloc (source, nsize)
+#  define REGEX_FREE_STACK free
+
+# else /* not REGEX_MALLOC */
+
+#  define REGEX_ALLOCATE_STACK alloca
+
+#  define REGEX_REALLOCATE_STACK(source, osize, nsize)			\
+   REGEX_REALLOCATE (source, osize, nsize)
+/* No need to explicitly free anything.  */
+#  define REGEX_FREE_STACK(arg)
+
+# endif /* not REGEX_MALLOC */
+#endif /* not using relocating allocator */
+
+
+/* True if `size1' is non-NULL and PTR is pointing anywhere inside
+   `string1' or just past its end.  This works if PTR is NULL, which is
+   a good thing.  */
+#define FIRST_STRING_P(ptr) 					\
+  (size1 && string1 <= (ptr) && (ptr) <= string1 + size1)
+
+/* (Re)Allocate N items of type T using malloc, or fail.  */
+#define TALLOC(n, t) ((t *) malloc ((n) * sizeof (t)))
+#define RETALLOC(addr, n, t) ((addr) = (t *) realloc (addr, (n) * sizeof (t)))
+#define RETALLOC_IF(addr, n, t) \
+  if (addr) RETALLOC((addr), (n), t); else (addr) = TALLOC ((n), t)
+#define REGEX_TALLOC(n, t) ((t *) REGEX_ALLOCATE ((n) * sizeof (t)))
+
+#define BYTEWIDTH 8 /* In bits.  */
+
+#define STREQ(s1, s2) ((strcmp (s1, s2) == 0))
+
+#undef MAX
+#undef MIN
+#define MAX(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#define MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+
+typedef char boolean;
+#define false 0
+#define true 1
+
+static int re_match_2_internal PARAMS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+					const char *string1, int size1,
+					const char *string2, int size2,
+					int pos,
+					struct re_registers *regs,
+					int stop));
+
+/* These are the command codes that appear in compiled regular
+   expressions.  Some opcodes are followed by argument bytes.  A
+   command code can specify any interpretation whatsoever for its
+   arguments.  Zero bytes may appear in the compiled regular expression.  */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  no_op = 0,
+
+  /* Succeed right away--no more backtracking.  */
+  succeed,
+
+        /* Followed by one byte giving n, then by n literal bytes.  */
+  exactn,
+
+        /* Matches any (more or less) character.  */
+  anychar,
+
+        /* Matches any one char belonging to specified set.  First
+           following byte is number of bitmap bytes.  Then come bytes
+           for a bitmap saying which chars are in.  Bits in each byte
+           are ordered low-bit-first.  A character is in the set if its
+           bit is 1.  A character too large to have a bit in the map is
+           automatically not in the set.  */
+  charset,
+
+        /* Same parameters as charset, but match any character that is
+           not one of those specified.  */
+  charset_not,
+
+        /* Start remembering the text that is matched, for storing in a
+           register.  Followed by one byte with the register number, in
+           the range 0 to one less than the pattern buffer's re_nsub
+           field.  Then followed by one byte with the number of groups
+           inner to this one.  (This last has to be part of the
+           start_memory only because we need it in the on_failure_jump
+           of re_match_2.)  */
+  start_memory,
+
+        /* Stop remembering the text that is matched and store it in a
+           memory register.  Followed by one byte with the register
+           number, in the range 0 to one less than `re_nsub' in the
+           pattern buffer, and one byte with the number of inner groups,
+           just like `start_memory'.  (We need the number of inner
+           groups here because we don't have any easy way of finding the
+           corresponding start_memory when we're at a stop_memory.)  */
+  stop_memory,
+
+        /* Match a duplicate of something remembered. Followed by one
+           byte containing the register number.  */
+  duplicate,
+
+        /* Fail unless at beginning of line.  */
+  begline,
+
+        /* Fail unless at end of line.  */
+  endline,
+
+        /* Succeeds if at beginning of buffer (if emacs) or at beginning
+           of string to be matched (if not).  */
+  begbuf,
+
+        /* Analogously, for end of buffer/string.  */
+  endbuf,
+
+        /* Followed by two byte relative address to which to jump.  */
+  jump,
+
+	/* Same as jump, but marks the end of an alternative.  */
+  jump_past_alt,
+
+        /* Followed by two-byte relative address of place to resume at
+           in case of failure.  */
+  on_failure_jump,
+
+        /* Like on_failure_jump, but pushes a placeholder instead of the
+           current string position when executed.  */
+  on_failure_keep_string_jump,
+
+        /* Throw away latest failure point and then jump to following
+           two-byte relative address.  */
+  pop_failure_jump,
+
+        /* Change to pop_failure_jump if know won't have to backtrack to
+           match; otherwise change to jump.  This is used to jump
+           back to the beginning of a repeat.  If what follows this jump
+           clearly won't match what the repeat does, such that we can be
+           sure that there is no use backtracking out of repetitions
+           already matched, then we change it to a pop_failure_jump.
+           Followed by two-byte address.  */
+  maybe_pop_jump,
+
+        /* Jump to following two-byte address, and push a dummy failure
+           point. This failure point will be thrown away if an attempt
+           is made to use it for a failure.  A `+' construct makes this
+           before the first repeat.  Also used as an intermediary kind
+           of jump when compiling an alternative.  */
+  dummy_failure_jump,
+
+	/* Push a dummy failure point and continue.  Used at the end of
+	   alternatives.  */
+  push_dummy_failure,
+
+        /* Followed by two-byte relative address and two-byte number n.
+           After matching N times, jump to the address upon failure.  */
+  succeed_n,
+
+        /* Followed by two-byte relative address, and two-byte number n.
+           Jump to the address N times, then fail.  */
+  jump_n,
+
+        /* Set the following two-byte relative address to the
+           subsequent two-byte number.  The address *includes* the two
+           bytes of number.  */
+  set_number_at,
+
+  wordchar,	/* Matches any word-constituent character.  */
+  notwordchar,	/* Matches any char that is not a word-constituent.  */
+
+  wordbeg,	/* Succeeds if at word beginning.  */
+  wordend,	/* Succeeds if at word end.  */
+
+  wordbound,	/* Succeeds if at a word boundary.  */
+  notwordbound	/* Succeeds if not at a word boundary.  */
+
+#ifdef emacs
+  ,before_dot,	/* Succeeds if before point.  */
+  at_dot,	/* Succeeds if at point.  */
+  after_dot,	/* Succeeds if after point.  */
+
+	/* Matches any character whose syntax is specified.  Followed by
+           a byte which contains a syntax code, e.g., Sword.  */
+  syntaxspec,
+
+	/* Matches any character whose syntax is not that specified.  */
+  notsyntaxspec
+#endif /* emacs */
+} re_opcode_t;
+
+/* Common operations on the compiled pattern.  */
+
+/* Store NUMBER in two contiguous bytes starting at DESTINATION.  */
+
+#define STORE_NUMBER(destination, number)				\
+  do {									\
+    (destination)[0] = (number) & 0377;					\
+    (destination)[1] = (number) >> 8;					\
+  } while (0)
+
+/* Same as STORE_NUMBER, except increment DESTINATION to
+   the byte after where the number is stored.  Therefore, DESTINATION
+   must be an lvalue.  */
+
+#define STORE_NUMBER_AND_INCR(destination, number)			\
+  do {									\
+    STORE_NUMBER (destination, number);					\
+    (destination) += 2;							\
+  } while (0)
+
+/* Put into DESTINATION a number stored in two contiguous bytes starting
+   at SOURCE.  */
+
+#define EXTRACT_NUMBER(destination, source)				\
+  do {									\
+    (destination) = *(source) & 0377;					\
+    (destination) += SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR (*((source) + 1)) << 8;		\
+  } while (0)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void extract_number _RE_ARGS ((int *dest, unsigned char *source));
+static void
+extract_number (dest, source)
+    int *dest;
+    unsigned char *source;
+{
+  int temp = SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR (*(source + 1));
+  *dest = *source & 0377;
+  *dest += temp << 8;
+}
+
+# ifndef EXTRACT_MACROS /* To debug the macros.  */
+#  undef EXTRACT_NUMBER
+#  define EXTRACT_NUMBER(dest, src) extract_number (&dest, src)
+# endif /* not EXTRACT_MACROS */
+
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+/* Same as EXTRACT_NUMBER, except increment SOURCE to after the number.
+   SOURCE must be an lvalue.  */
+
+#define EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR(destination, source)			\
+  do {									\
+    EXTRACT_NUMBER (destination, source);				\
+    (source) += 2; 							\
+  } while (0)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void extract_number_and_incr _RE_ARGS ((int *destination,
+					       unsigned char **source));
+static void
+extract_number_and_incr (destination, source)
+    int *destination;
+    unsigned char **source;
+{
+  extract_number (destination, *source);
+  *source += 2;
+}
+
+# ifndef EXTRACT_MACROS
+#  undef EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR
+#  define EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR(dest, src) \
+  extract_number_and_incr (&dest, &src)
+# endif /* not EXTRACT_MACROS */
+
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+/* If DEBUG is defined, Regex prints many voluminous messages about what
+   it is doing (if the variable `debug' is nonzero).  If linked with the
+   main program in `iregex.c', you can enter patterns and strings
+   interactively.  And if linked with the main program in `main.c' and
+   the other test files, you can run the already-written tests.  */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+/* We use standard I/O for debugging.  */
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+/* It is useful to test things that ``must'' be true when debugging.  */
+# include <assert.h>
+
+static int debug;
+
+# define DEBUG_STATEMENT(e) e
+# define DEBUG_PRINT1(x) if (debug) printf (x)
+# define DEBUG_PRINT2(x1, x2) if (debug) printf (x1, x2)
+# define DEBUG_PRINT3(x1, x2, x3) if (debug) printf (x1, x2, x3)
+# define DEBUG_PRINT4(x1, x2, x3, x4) if (debug) printf (x1, x2, x3, x4)
+# define DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN(p, s, e) 				\
+  if (debug) print_partial_compiled_pattern (s, e)
+# define DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING(w, s1, sz1, s2, sz2)			\
+  if (debug) print_double_string (w, s1, sz1, s2, sz2)
+
+
+/* Print the fastmap in human-readable form.  */
+
+void
+print_fastmap (fastmap)
+    char *fastmap;
+{
+  unsigned was_a_range = 0;
+  unsigned i = 0;
+
+  while (i < (1 << BYTEWIDTH))
+    {
+      if (fastmap[i++])
+	{
+	  was_a_range = 0;
+          putchar (i - 1);
+          while (i < (1 << BYTEWIDTH)  &&  fastmap[i])
+            {
+              was_a_range = 1;
+              i++;
+            }
+	  if (was_a_range)
+            {
+              printf ("-");
+              putchar (i - 1);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  putchar ('\n');
+}
+
+
+/* Print a compiled pattern string in human-readable form, starting at
+   the START pointer into it and ending just before the pointer END.  */
+
+void
+print_partial_compiled_pattern (start, end)
+    unsigned char *start;
+    unsigned char *end;
+{
+  int mcnt, mcnt2;
+  unsigned char *p1;
+  unsigned char *p = start;
+  unsigned char *pend = end;
+
+  if (start == NULL)
+    {
+      printf ("(null)\n");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Loop over pattern commands.  */
+  while (p < pend)
+    {
+      printf ("%d:\t", p - start);
+
+      switch ((re_opcode_t) *p++)
+	{
+        case no_op:
+          printf ("/no_op");
+          break;
+
+	case exactn:
+	  mcnt = *p++;
+          printf ("/exactn/%d", mcnt);
+          do
+	    {
+              putchar ('/');
+	      putchar (*p++);
+            }
+          while (--mcnt);
+          break;
+
+	case start_memory:
+          mcnt = *p++;
+          printf ("/start_memory/%d/%d", mcnt, *p++);
+          break;
+
+	case stop_memory:
+          mcnt = *p++;
+	  printf ("/stop_memory/%d/%d", mcnt, *p++);
+          break;
+
+	case duplicate:
+	  printf ("/duplicate/%d", *p++);
+	  break;
+
+	case anychar:
+	  printf ("/anychar");
+	  break;
+
+	case charset:
+        case charset_not:
+          {
+            register int c, last = -100;
+	    register int in_range = 0;
+
+	    printf ("/charset [%s",
+	            (re_opcode_t) *(p - 1) == charset_not ? "^" : "");
+
+            assert (p + *p < pend);
+
+            for (c = 0; c < 256; c++)
+	      if (c / 8 < *p
+		  && (p[1 + (c/8)] & (1 << (c % 8))))
+		{
+		  /* Are we starting a range?  */
+		  if (last + 1 == c && ! in_range)
+		    {
+		      putchar ('-');
+		      in_range = 1;
+		    }
+		  /* Have we broken a range?  */
+		  else if (last + 1 != c && in_range)
+              {
+		      putchar (last);
+		      in_range = 0;
+		    }
+
+		  if (! in_range)
+		    putchar (c);
+
+		  last = c;
+              }
+
+	    if (in_range)
+	      putchar (last);
+
+	    putchar (']');
+
+	    p += 1 + *p;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case begline:
+	  printf ("/begline");
+          break;
+
+	case endline:
+          printf ("/endline");
+          break;
+
+	case on_failure_jump:
+          extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p);
+  	  printf ("/on_failure_jump to %d", p + mcnt - start);
+          break;
+
+	case on_failure_keep_string_jump:
+          extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p);
+  	  printf ("/on_failure_keep_string_jump to %d", p + mcnt - start);
+          break;
+
+	case dummy_failure_jump:
+          extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p);
+  	  printf ("/dummy_failure_jump to %d", p + mcnt - start);
+          break;
+
+	case push_dummy_failure:
+          printf ("/push_dummy_failure");
+          break;
+
+        case maybe_pop_jump:
+          extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p);
+  	  printf ("/maybe_pop_jump to %d", p + mcnt - start);
+	  break;
+
+        case pop_failure_jump:
+	  extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p);
+  	  printf ("/pop_failure_jump to %d", p + mcnt - start);
+	  break;
+
+        case jump_past_alt:
+	  extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p);
+  	  printf ("/jump_past_alt to %d", p + mcnt - start);
+	  break;
+
+        case jump:
+	  extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p);
+  	  printf ("/jump to %d", p + mcnt - start);
+	  break;
+
+        case succeed_n:
+          extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p);
+	  p1 = p + mcnt;
+          extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt2, &p);
+	  printf ("/succeed_n to %d, %d times", p1 - start, mcnt2);
+          break;
+
+        case jump_n:
+          extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p);
+	  p1 = p + mcnt;
+          extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt2, &p);
+	  printf ("/jump_n to %d, %d times", p1 - start, mcnt2);
+          break;
+
+        case set_number_at:
+          extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p);
+	  p1 = p + mcnt;
+          extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt2, &p);
+	  printf ("/set_number_at location %d to %d", p1 - start, mcnt2);
+          break;
+
+        case wordbound:
+	  printf ("/wordbound");
+	  break;
+
+	case notwordbound:
+	  printf ("/notwordbound");
+          break;
+
+	case wordbeg:
+	  printf ("/wordbeg");
+	  break;
+
+	case wordend:
+	  printf ("/wordend");
+
+# ifdef emacs
+	case before_dot:
+	  printf ("/before_dot");
+          break;
+
+	case at_dot:
+	  printf ("/at_dot");
+          break;
+
+	case after_dot:
+	  printf ("/after_dot");
+          break;
+
+	case syntaxspec:
+          printf ("/syntaxspec");
+	  mcnt = *p++;
+	  printf ("/%d", mcnt);
+          break;
+
+	case notsyntaxspec:
+          printf ("/notsyntaxspec");
+	  mcnt = *p++;
+	  printf ("/%d", mcnt);
+	  break;
+# endif /* emacs */
+
+	case wordchar:
+	  printf ("/wordchar");
+          break;
+
+	case notwordchar:
+	  printf ("/notwordchar");
+          break;
+
+	case begbuf:
+	  printf ("/begbuf");
+          break;
+
+	case endbuf:
+	  printf ("/endbuf");
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          printf ("?%d", *(p-1));
+	}
+
+      putchar ('\n');
+    }
+
+  printf ("%d:\tend of pattern.\n", p - start);
+}
+
+
+void
+print_compiled_pattern (bufp)
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+{
+  unsigned char *buffer = bufp->buffer;
+
+  print_partial_compiled_pattern (buffer, buffer + bufp->used);
+  printf ("%ld bytes used/%ld bytes allocated.\n",
+	  bufp->used, bufp->allocated);
+
+  if (bufp->fastmap_accurate && bufp->fastmap)
+    {
+      printf ("fastmap: ");
+      print_fastmap (bufp->fastmap);
+    }
+
+  printf ("re_nsub: %d\t", bufp->re_nsub);
+  printf ("regs_alloc: %d\t", bufp->regs_allocated);
+  printf ("can_be_null: %d\t", bufp->can_be_null);
+  printf ("newline_anchor: %d\n", bufp->newline_anchor);
+  printf ("no_sub: %d\t", bufp->no_sub);
+  printf ("not_bol: %d\t", bufp->not_bol);
+  printf ("not_eol: %d\t", bufp->not_eol);
+  printf ("syntax: %lx\n", bufp->syntax);
+  /* Perhaps we should print the translate table?  */
+}
+
+
+void
+print_double_string (where, string1, size1, string2, size2)
+    const char *where;
+    const char *string1;
+    const char *string2;
+    int size1;
+    int size2;
+{
+  int this_char;
+
+  if (where == NULL)
+    printf ("(null)");
+  else
+    {
+      if (FIRST_STRING_P (where))
+        {
+          for (this_char = where - string1; this_char < size1; this_char++)
+            putchar (string1[this_char]);
+
+          where = string2;
+        }
+
+      for (this_char = where - string2; this_char < size2; this_char++)
+        putchar (string2[this_char]);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+printchar (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  putc (c, stderr);
+}
+
+#else /* not DEBUG */
+
+# undef assert
+# define assert(e)
+
+# define DEBUG_STATEMENT(e)
+# define DEBUG_PRINT1(x)
+# define DEBUG_PRINT2(x1, x2)
+# define DEBUG_PRINT3(x1, x2, x3)
+# define DEBUG_PRINT4(x1, x2, x3, x4)
+# define DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN(p, s, e)
+# define DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING(w, s1, sz1, s2, sz2)
+
+#endif /* not DEBUG */
+
+/* Set by `re_set_syntax' to the current regexp syntax to recognize.  Can
+   also be assigned to arbitrarily: each pattern buffer stores its own
+   syntax, so it can be changed between regex compilations.  */
+/* This has no initializer because initialized variables in Emacs
+   become read-only after dumping.  */
+reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
+
+
+/* Specify the precise syntax of regexps for compilation.  This provides
+   for compatibility for various utilities which historically have
+   different, incompatible syntaxes.
+
+   The argument SYNTAX is a bit mask comprised of the various bits
+   defined in regex.h.  We return the old syntax.  */
+
+reg_syntax_t
+re_set_syntax (syntax)
+    reg_syntax_t syntax;
+{
+  reg_syntax_t ret = re_syntax_options;
+
+  re_syntax_options = syntax;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  if (syntax & RE_DEBUG)
+    debug = 1;
+  else if (debug) /* was on but now is not */
+    debug = 0;
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+  return ret;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_set_syntax, re_set_syntax)
+#endif
+
+/* This table gives an error message for each of the error codes listed
+   in regex.h.  Obviously the order here has to be same as there.
+   POSIX doesn't require that we do anything for REG_NOERROR,
+   but why not be nice?  */
+
+#if 0
+  /* This section is for xgettext; it sees the strings wrapped inside
+     N_() and marks them as needing translation.  They should match
+     the strings in re_error_msgid.  We can't use the usual string
+     concatenation trick to initialize re_error_msgid, since other GNU
+     distributions use this file with traditional C, and traditional C
+     lacks string concatenation.  */
+  N_("Success") /* REG_NOERROR */
+  N_("No match") /* REG_NOMATCH */
+  N_("Invalid regular expression") /* REG_BADPAT */
+  N_("Invalid collation character") /* REG_ECOLLATE */
+  N_("Invalid character class name") /* REG_ECTYPE */
+  N_("Trailing backslash") /* REG_EESCAPE */
+  N_("Invalid back reference") /* REG_ESUBREG */
+  N_("Unmatched [ or [^") /* REG_EBRACK */
+  N_("Unmatched ( or \\(") /* REG_EPAREN */
+  N_("Unmatched \\{") /* REG_EBRACE */
+  N_("Invalid content of \\{\\}") /* REG_BADBR */
+  N_("Invalid range end") /* REG_ERANGE */
+  N_("Memory exhausted") /* REG_ESPACE */
+  N_("Invalid preceding regular expression") /* REG_BADRPT */
+  N_("Premature end of regular expression") /* REG_EEND */
+  N_("Regular expression too big") /* REG_ESIZE */
+  N_("Unmatched ) or \\)") /* REG_ERPAREN */
+#endif
+
+static const char re_error_msgid[] = "\
+Success\0\
+No match\0\
+Invalid regular expression\0\
+Invalid collation character\0\
+Invalid character class name\0\
+Trailing backslash\0\
+Invalid back reference\0\
+Unmatched [ or [^\0\
+Unmatched ( or \\(\0\
+Unmatched \\{\0\
+Invalid content of \\{\\}\0\
+Invalid range end\0\
+Memory exhausted\0\
+Invalid preceding regular expression\0\
+Premature end of regular expression\0\
+Regular expression too big\0\
+Unmatched ) or \\)";
+
+#define REG_NOERROR_IDX	0
+#define REG_NOMATCH_IDX (REG_NOERROR_IDX + sizeof "Success")
+#define REG_BADPAT_IDX	(REG_NOMATCH_IDX + sizeof "No match")
+#define REG_ECOLLATE_IDX (REG_BADPAT_IDX + sizeof "Invalid regular expression")
+#define REG_ECTYPE_IDX	(REG_ECOLLATE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid collation character")
+#define REG_EESCAPE_IDX	(REG_ECTYPE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid character class name")
+#define REG_ESUBREG_IDX	(REG_EESCAPE_IDX + sizeof "Trailing backslash")
+#define REG_EBRACK_IDX	(REG_ESUBREG_IDX + sizeof "Invalid back reference")
+#define REG_EPAREN_IDX	(REG_EBRACK_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched [ or [^")
+#define REG_EBRACE_IDX	(REG_EPAREN_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched ( or \\(")
+#define REG_BADBR_IDX	(REG_EBRACE_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched \\{")
+#define REG_ERANGE_IDX	(REG_BADBR_IDX + sizeof "Invalid content of \\{\\}")
+#define REG_ESPACE_IDX	(REG_ERANGE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid range end")
+#define REG_BADRPT_IDX	(REG_ESPACE_IDX + sizeof "Memory exhausted")
+#define REG_EEND_IDX	(REG_BADRPT_IDX + sizeof "Invalid preceding regular expression")
+#define REG_ESIZE_IDX	(REG_EEND_IDX + sizeof "Premature end of regular expression")
+#define REG_ERPAREN_IDX	(REG_ESIZE_IDX + sizeof "Regular expression too big")
+
+static const size_t re_error_msgid_idx[] =
+  {
+    REG_NOERROR_IDX,
+    REG_NOMATCH_IDX,
+    REG_BADPAT_IDX,
+    REG_ECOLLATE_IDX,
+    REG_ECTYPE_IDX,
+    REG_EESCAPE_IDX,
+    REG_ESUBREG_IDX,
+    REG_EBRACK_IDX,
+    REG_EPAREN_IDX,
+    REG_EBRACE_IDX,
+    REG_BADBR_IDX,
+    REG_ERANGE_IDX,
+    REG_ESPACE_IDX,
+    REG_BADRPT_IDX,
+    REG_EEND_IDX,
+    REG_ESIZE_IDX,
+    REG_ERPAREN_IDX
+  };
+
+/* Avoiding alloca during matching, to placate r_alloc.  */
+
+/* Define MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE unless we need to make sure that the
+   searching and matching functions should not call alloca.  On some
+   systems, alloca is implemented in terms of malloc, and if we're
+   using the relocating allocator routines, then malloc could cause a
+   relocation, which might (if the strings being searched are in the
+   ralloc heap) shift the data out from underneath the regexp
+   routines.
+
+   Here's another reason to avoid allocation: Emacs
+   processes input from X in a signal handler; processing X input may
+   call malloc; if input arrives while a matching routine is calling
+   malloc, then we're scrod.  But Emacs can't just block input while
+   calling matching routines; then we don't notice interrupts when
+   they come in.  So, Emacs blocks input around all regexp calls
+   except the matching calls, which it leaves unprotected, in the
+   faith that they will not malloc.  */
+
+/* Normally, this is fine.  */
+#define MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+
+/* When using GNU C, we are not REALLY using the C alloca, no matter
+   what config.h may say.  So don't take precautions for it.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# undef C_ALLOCA
+#endif
+
+/* The match routines may not allocate if (1) they would do it with malloc
+   and (2) it's not safe for them to use malloc.
+   Note that if REL_ALLOC is defined, matching would not use malloc for the
+   failure stack, but we would still use it for the register vectors;
+   so REL_ALLOC should not affect this.  */
+#if (defined C_ALLOCA || defined REGEX_MALLOC) && defined emacs
+# undef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+#endif
+
+
+/* Failure stack declarations and macros; both re_compile_fastmap and
+   re_match_2 use a failure stack.  These have to be macros because of
+   REGEX_ALLOCATE_STACK.  */
+
+
+/* Number of failure points for which to initially allocate space
+   when matching.  If this number is exceeded, we allocate more
+   space, so it is not a hard limit.  */
+#ifndef INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC
+# define INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC 5
+#endif
+
+/* Roughly the maximum number of failure points on the stack.  Would be
+   exactly that if always used MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS items each time we failed.
+   This is a variable only so users of regex can assign to it; we never
+   change it ourselves.  */
+
+#ifdef INT_IS_16BIT
+
+# if defined MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+/* 4400 was enough to cause a crash on Alpha OSF/1,
+   whose default stack limit is 2mb.  */
+long int re_max_failures = 4000;
+# else
+long int re_max_failures = 2000;
+# endif
+
+union fail_stack_elt
+{
+  unsigned char *pointer;
+  long int integer;
+};
+
+typedef union fail_stack_elt fail_stack_elt_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  fail_stack_elt_t *stack;
+  unsigned long int size;
+  unsigned long int avail;		/* Offset of next open position.  */
+} fail_stack_type;
+
+#else /* not INT_IS_16BIT */
+
+# if defined MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+/* 4400 was enough to cause a crash on Alpha OSF/1,
+   whose default stack limit is 2mb.  */
+int re_max_failures = 20000;
+# else
+int re_max_failures = 2000;
+# endif
+
+union fail_stack_elt
+{
+  unsigned char *pointer;
+  int integer;
+};
+
+typedef union fail_stack_elt fail_stack_elt_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  fail_stack_elt_t *stack;
+  unsigned size;
+  unsigned avail;			/* Offset of next open position.  */
+} fail_stack_type;
+
+#endif /* INT_IS_16BIT */
+
+#define FAIL_STACK_EMPTY()     (fail_stack.avail == 0)
+#define FAIL_STACK_PTR_EMPTY() (fail_stack_ptr->avail == 0)
+#define FAIL_STACK_FULL()      (fail_stack.avail == fail_stack.size)
+
+
+/* Define macros to initialize and free the failure stack.
+   Do `return -2' if the alloc fails.  */
+
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+# define INIT_FAIL_STACK()						\
+  do {									\
+    fail_stack.stack = (fail_stack_elt_t *)				\
+      REGEX_ALLOCATE_STACK (INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t)); \
+									\
+    if (fail_stack.stack == NULL)					\
+      return -2;							\
+									\
+    fail_stack.size = INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC;				\
+    fail_stack.avail = 0;						\
+  } while (0)
+
+# define RESET_FAIL_STACK()  REGEX_FREE_STACK (fail_stack.stack)
+#else
+# define INIT_FAIL_STACK()						\
+  do {									\
+    fail_stack.avail = 0;						\
+  } while (0)
+
+# define RESET_FAIL_STACK()
+#endif
+
+
+/* Double the size of FAIL_STACK, up to approximately `re_max_failures' items.
+
+   Return 1 if succeeds, and 0 if either ran out of memory
+   allocating space for it or it was already too large.
+
+   REGEX_REALLOCATE_STACK requires `destination' be declared.   */
+
+#define DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK(fail_stack)					\
+  ((fail_stack).size > (unsigned) (re_max_failures * MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS)	\
+   ? 0									\
+   : ((fail_stack).stack = (fail_stack_elt_t *)				\
+        REGEX_REALLOCATE_STACK ((fail_stack).stack, 			\
+          (fail_stack).size * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t),		\
+          ((fail_stack).size << 1) * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t)),	\
+									\
+      (fail_stack).stack == NULL					\
+      ? 0								\
+      : ((fail_stack).size <<= 1, 					\
+         1)))
+
+
+/* Push pointer POINTER on FAIL_STACK.
+   Return 1 if was able to do so and 0 if ran out of memory allocating
+   space to do so.  */
+#define PUSH_PATTERN_OP(POINTER, FAIL_STACK)				\
+  ((FAIL_STACK_FULL ()							\
+    && !DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK (FAIL_STACK))					\
+   ? 0									\
+   : ((FAIL_STACK).stack[(FAIL_STACK).avail++].pointer = POINTER,	\
+      1))
+
+/* Push a pointer value onto the failure stack.
+   Assumes the variable `fail_stack'.  Probably should only
+   be called from within `PUSH_FAILURE_POINT'.  */
+#define PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER(item)					\
+  fail_stack.stack[fail_stack.avail++].pointer = (unsigned char *) (item)
+
+/* This pushes an integer-valued item onto the failure stack.
+   Assumes the variable `fail_stack'.  Probably should only
+   be called from within `PUSH_FAILURE_POINT'.  */
+#define PUSH_FAILURE_INT(item)					\
+  fail_stack.stack[fail_stack.avail++].integer = (item)
+
+/* Push a fail_stack_elt_t value onto the failure stack.
+   Assumes the variable `fail_stack'.  Probably should only
+   be called from within `PUSH_FAILURE_POINT'.  */
+#define PUSH_FAILURE_ELT(item)					\
+  fail_stack.stack[fail_stack.avail++] =  (item)
+
+/* These three POP... operations complement the three PUSH... operations.
+   All assume that `fail_stack' is nonempty.  */
+#define POP_FAILURE_POINTER() fail_stack.stack[--fail_stack.avail].pointer
+#define POP_FAILURE_INT() fail_stack.stack[--fail_stack.avail].integer
+#define POP_FAILURE_ELT() fail_stack.stack[--fail_stack.avail]
+
+/* Used to omit pushing failure point id's when we're not debugging.  */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+# define DEBUG_PUSH PUSH_FAILURE_INT
+# define DEBUG_POP(item_addr) *(item_addr) = POP_FAILURE_INT ()
+#else
+# define DEBUG_PUSH(item)
+# define DEBUG_POP(item_addr)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Push the information about the state we will need
+   if we ever fail back to it.
+
+   Requires variables fail_stack, regstart, regend, reg_info, and
+   num_regs_pushed be declared.  DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK requires `destination'
+   be declared.
+
+   Does `return FAILURE_CODE' if runs out of memory.  */
+
+#define PUSH_FAILURE_POINT(pattern_place, string_place, failure_code)	\
+  do {									\
+    char *destination;							\
+    /* Must be int, so when we don't save any registers, the arithmetic	\
+       of 0 + -1 isn't done as unsigned.  */				\
+    /* Can't be int, since there is not a shred of a guarantee that int	\
+       is wide enough to hold a value of something to which pointer can	\
+       be assigned */							\
+    active_reg_t this_reg;						\
+    									\
+    DEBUG_STATEMENT (failure_id++);					\
+    DEBUG_STATEMENT (nfailure_points_pushed++);				\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\nPUSH_FAILURE_POINT #%u:\n", failure_id);		\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Before push, next avail: %d\n", (fail_stack).avail);\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("                     size: %d\n", (fail_stack).size);\
+									\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  slots needed: %ld\n", NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS);		\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("     available: %d\n", REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS);	\
+									\
+    /* Ensure we have enough space allocated for what we will push.  */	\
+    while (REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS < NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS)			\
+      {									\
+        if (!DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK (fail_stack))				\
+          return failure_code;						\
+									\
+        DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\n  Doubled stack; size now: %d\n",		\
+		       (fail_stack).size);				\
+        DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  slots available: %d\n", REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS);\
+      }									\
+									\
+    /* Push the info, starting with the registers.  */			\
+    DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\n");						\
+									\
+    if (1)								\
+      for (this_reg = lowest_active_reg; this_reg <= highest_active_reg; \
+	   this_reg++)							\
+	{								\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Pushing reg: %lu\n", this_reg);		\
+	  DEBUG_STATEMENT (num_regs_pushed++);				\
+									\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("    start: %p\n", regstart[this_reg]);		\
+	  PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER (regstart[this_reg]);			\
+									\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("    end: %p\n", regend[this_reg]);		\
+	  PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER (regend[this_reg]);			\
+									\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("    info: %p\n      ",				\
+			reg_info[this_reg].word.pointer);		\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 (" match_null=%d",				\
+			REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[this_reg]));	\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 (" active=%d", IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[this_reg]));	\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 (" matched_something=%d",			\
+			MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[this_reg]));	\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 (" ever_matched=%d",				\
+			EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[this_reg]));	\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\n");						\
+	  PUSH_FAILURE_ELT (reg_info[this_reg].word);			\
+	}								\
+									\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Pushing  low active reg: %ld\n", lowest_active_reg);\
+    PUSH_FAILURE_INT (lowest_active_reg);				\
+									\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Pushing high active reg: %ld\n", highest_active_reg);\
+    PUSH_FAILURE_INT (highest_active_reg);				\
+									\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Pushing pattern %p:\n", pattern_place);		\
+    DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN (bufp, pattern_place, pend);		\
+    PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER (pattern_place);				\
+									\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Pushing string %p: `", string_place);		\
+    DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING (string_place, string1, size1, string2,   \
+				 size2);				\
+    DEBUG_PRINT1 ("'\n");						\
+    PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER (string_place);				\
+									\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Pushing failure id: %u\n", failure_id);		\
+    DEBUG_PUSH (failure_id);						\
+  } while (0)
+
+/* This is the number of items that are pushed and popped on the stack
+   for each register.  */
+#define NUM_REG_ITEMS  3
+
+/* Individual items aside from the registers.  */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+# define NUM_NONREG_ITEMS 5 /* Includes failure point id.  */
+#else
+# define NUM_NONREG_ITEMS 4
+#endif
+
+/* We push at most this many items on the stack.  */
+/* We used to use (num_regs - 1), which is the number of registers
+   this regexp will save; but that was changed to 5
+   to avoid stack overflow for a regexp with lots of parens.  */
+#define MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS (5 * NUM_REG_ITEMS + NUM_NONREG_ITEMS)
+
+/* We actually push this many items.  */
+#define NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS				\
+  (((0							\
+     ? 0 : highest_active_reg - lowest_active_reg + 1)	\
+    * NUM_REG_ITEMS)					\
+   + NUM_NONREG_ITEMS)
+
+/* How many items can still be added to the stack without overflowing it.  */
+#define REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS ((fail_stack).size - (fail_stack).avail)
+
+
+/* Pops what PUSH_FAIL_STACK pushes.
+
+   We restore into the parameters, all of which should be lvalues:
+     STR -- the saved data position.
+     PAT -- the saved pattern position.
+     LOW_REG, HIGH_REG -- the highest and lowest active registers.
+     REGSTART, REGEND -- arrays of string positions.
+     REG_INFO -- array of information about each subexpression.
+
+   Also assumes the variables `fail_stack' and (if debugging), `bufp',
+   `pend', `string1', `size1', `string2', and `size2'.  */
+
+#define POP_FAILURE_POINT(str, pat, low_reg, high_reg, regstart, regend, reg_info)\
+{									\
+  DEBUG_STATEMENT (unsigned failure_id;)				\
+  active_reg_t this_reg;						\
+  const unsigned char *string_temp;					\
+									\
+  assert (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ());					\
+									\
+  /* Remove failure points and point to how many regs pushed.  */	\
+  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("POP_FAILURE_POINT:\n");				\
+  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Before pop, next avail: %d\n", fail_stack.avail);	\
+  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("                    size: %d\n", fail_stack.size);	\
+									\
+  assert (fail_stack.avail >= NUM_NONREG_ITEMS);			\
+									\
+  DEBUG_POP (&failure_id);						\
+  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Popping failure id: %u\n", failure_id);		\
+									\
+  /* If the saved string location is NULL, it came from an		\
+     on_failure_keep_string_jump opcode, and we want to throw away the	\
+     saved NULL, thus retaining our current position in the string.  */	\
+  string_temp = POP_FAILURE_POINTER ();					\
+  if (string_temp != NULL)						\
+    str = (const char *) string_temp;					\
+									\
+  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Popping string %p: `", str);				\
+  DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING (str, string1, size1, string2, size2);	\
+  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("'\n");							\
+									\
+  pat = (unsigned char *) POP_FAILURE_POINTER ();			\
+  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Popping pattern %p:\n", pat);			\
+  DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN (bufp, pat, pend);			\
+									\
+  /* Restore register info.  */						\
+  high_reg = (active_reg_t) POP_FAILURE_INT ();				\
+  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Popping high active reg: %ld\n", high_reg);		\
+									\
+  low_reg = (active_reg_t) POP_FAILURE_INT ();				\
+  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Popping  low active reg: %ld\n", low_reg);		\
+									\
+  if (1)								\
+    for (this_reg = high_reg; this_reg >= low_reg; this_reg--)		\
+      {									\
+	DEBUG_PRINT2 ("    Popping reg: %ld\n", this_reg);		\
+									\
+	reg_info[this_reg].word = POP_FAILURE_ELT ();			\
+	DEBUG_PRINT2 ("      info: %p\n",				\
+		      reg_info[this_reg].word.pointer);			\
+									\
+	regend[this_reg] = (const char *) POP_FAILURE_POINTER ();	\
+	DEBUG_PRINT2 ("      end: %p\n", regend[this_reg]);		\
+									\
+	regstart[this_reg] = (const char *) POP_FAILURE_POINTER ();	\
+	DEBUG_PRINT2 ("      start: %p\n", regstart[this_reg]);		\
+      }									\
+  else									\
+    {									\
+      for (this_reg = highest_active_reg; this_reg > high_reg; this_reg--) \
+	{								\
+	  reg_info[this_reg].word.integer = 0;				\
+	  regend[this_reg] = 0;						\
+	  regstart[this_reg] = 0;					\
+	}								\
+      highest_active_reg = high_reg;					\
+    }									\
+									\
+  set_regs_matched_done = 0;						\
+  DEBUG_STATEMENT (nfailure_points_popped++);				\
+} /* POP_FAILURE_POINT */
+
+
+
+/* Structure for per-register (a.k.a. per-group) information.
+   Other register information, such as the
+   starting and ending positions (which are addresses), and the list of
+   inner groups (which is a bits list) are maintained in separate
+   variables.
+
+   We are making a (strictly speaking) nonportable assumption here: that
+   the compiler will pack our bit fields into something that fits into
+   the type of `word', i.e., is something that fits into one item on the
+   failure stack.  */
+
+
+/* Declarations and macros for re_match_2.  */
+
+typedef union
+{
+  fail_stack_elt_t word;
+  struct
+  {
+      /* This field is one if this group can match the empty string,
+         zero if not.  If not yet determined,  `MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE'.  */
+#define MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE 3
+    unsigned match_null_string_p : 2;
+    unsigned is_active : 1;
+    unsigned matched_something : 1;
+    unsigned ever_matched_something : 1;
+  } bits;
+} register_info_type;
+
+#define REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P(R)  ((R).bits.match_null_string_p)
+#define IS_ACTIVE(R)  ((R).bits.is_active)
+#define MATCHED_SOMETHING(R)  ((R).bits.matched_something)
+#define EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING(R)  ((R).bits.ever_matched_something)
+
+
+/* Call this when have matched a real character; it sets `matched' flags
+   for the subexpressions which we are currently inside.  Also records
+   that those subexprs have matched.  */
+#define SET_REGS_MATCHED()						\
+  do									\
+    {									\
+      if (!set_regs_matched_done)					\
+	{								\
+	  active_reg_t r;						\
+	  set_regs_matched_done = 1;					\
+	  for (r = lowest_active_reg; r <= highest_active_reg; r++)	\
+	    {								\
+	      MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[r])				\
+		= EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[r])			\
+		= 1;							\
+	    }								\
+	}								\
+    }									\
+  while (0)
+
+/* Registers are set to a sentinel when they haven't yet matched.  */
+static char reg_unset_dummy;
+#define REG_UNSET_VALUE (&reg_unset_dummy)
+#define REG_UNSET(e) ((e) == REG_UNSET_VALUE)
+
+/* Subroutine declarations and macros for regex_compile.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t regex_compile _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, size_t size,
+					      reg_syntax_t syntax,
+					      struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp));
+static void store_op1 _RE_ARGS ((re_opcode_t op, unsigned char *loc, int arg));
+static void store_op2 _RE_ARGS ((re_opcode_t op, unsigned char *loc,
+				 int arg1, int arg2));
+static void insert_op1 _RE_ARGS ((re_opcode_t op, unsigned char *loc,
+				  int arg, unsigned char *end));
+static void insert_op2 _RE_ARGS ((re_opcode_t op, unsigned char *loc,
+				  int arg1, int arg2, unsigned char *end));
+static boolean at_begline_loc_p _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, const char *p,
+					   reg_syntax_t syntax));
+static boolean at_endline_loc_p _RE_ARGS ((const char *p, const char *pend,
+					   reg_syntax_t syntax));
+static reg_errcode_t compile_range _RE_ARGS ((const char **p_ptr,
+					      const char *pend,
+					      char *translate,
+					      reg_syntax_t syntax,
+					      unsigned char *b));
+
+/* Fetch the next character in the uncompiled pattern---translating it
+   if necessary.  Also cast from a signed character in the constant
+   string passed to us by the user to an unsigned char that we can use
+   as an array index (in, e.g., `translate').  */
+#ifndef PATFETCH
+# define PATFETCH(c)							\
+  do {if (p == pend) return REG_EEND;					\
+    c = (unsigned char) *p++;						\
+    if (translate) c = (unsigned char) translate[c];			\
+  } while (0)
+#endif
+
+/* Fetch the next character in the uncompiled pattern, with no
+   translation.  */
+#define PATFETCH_RAW(c)							\
+  do {if (p == pend) return REG_EEND;					\
+    c = (unsigned char) *p++; 						\
+  } while (0)
+
+/* Go backwards one character in the pattern.  */
+#define PATUNFETCH p--
+
+
+/* If `translate' is non-null, return translate[D], else just D.  We
+   cast the subscript to translate because some data is declared as
+   `char *', to avoid warnings when a string constant is passed.  But
+   when we use a character as a subscript we must make it unsigned.  */
+#ifndef TRANSLATE
+# define TRANSLATE(d) \
+  (translate ? (char) translate[(unsigned char) (d)] : (d))
+#endif
+
+
+/* Macros for outputting the compiled pattern into `buffer'.  */
+
+/* If the buffer isn't allocated when it comes in, use this.  */
+#define INIT_BUF_SIZE  32
+
+/* Make sure we have at least N more bytes of space in buffer.  */
+#define GET_BUFFER_SPACE(n)						\
+    while ((unsigned long) (b - bufp->buffer + (n)) > bufp->allocated)	\
+      EXTEND_BUFFER ()
+
+/* Make sure we have one more byte of buffer space and then add C to it.  */
+#define BUF_PUSH(c)							\
+  do {									\
+    GET_BUFFER_SPACE (1);						\
+    *b++ = (unsigned char) (c);						\
+  } while (0)
+
+
+/* Ensure we have two more bytes of buffer space and then append C1 and C2.  */
+#define BUF_PUSH_2(c1, c2)						\
+  do {									\
+    GET_BUFFER_SPACE (2);						\
+    *b++ = (unsigned char) (c1);					\
+    *b++ = (unsigned char) (c2);					\
+  } while (0)
+
+
+/* As with BUF_PUSH_2, except for three bytes.  */
+#define BUF_PUSH_3(c1, c2, c3)						\
+  do {									\
+    GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3);						\
+    *b++ = (unsigned char) (c1);					\
+    *b++ = (unsigned char) (c2);					\
+    *b++ = (unsigned char) (c3);					\
+  } while (0)
+
+
+/* Store a jump with opcode OP at LOC to location TO.  We store a
+   relative address offset by the three bytes the jump itself occupies.  */
+#define STORE_JUMP(op, loc, to) \
+  store_op1 (op, loc, (int) ((to) - (loc) - 3))
+
+/* Likewise, for a two-argument jump.  */
+#define STORE_JUMP2(op, loc, to, arg) \
+  store_op2 (op, loc, (int) ((to) - (loc) - 3), arg)
+
+/* Like `STORE_JUMP', but for inserting.  Assume `b' is the buffer end.  */
+#define INSERT_JUMP(op, loc, to) \
+  insert_op1 (op, loc, (int) ((to) - (loc) - 3), b)
+
+/* Like `STORE_JUMP2', but for inserting.  Assume `b' is the buffer end.  */
+#define INSERT_JUMP2(op, loc, to, arg) \
+  insert_op2 (op, loc, (int) ((to) - (loc) - 3), arg, b)
+
+
+/* This is not an arbitrary limit: the arguments which represent offsets
+   into the pattern are two bytes long.  So if 2^16 bytes turns out to
+   be too small, many things would have to change.  */
+/* Any other compiler which, like MSC, has allocation limit below 2^16
+   bytes will have to use approach similar to what was done below for
+   MSC and drop MAX_BUF_SIZE a bit.  Otherwise you may end up
+   reallocating to 0 bytes.  Such thing is not going to work too well.
+   You have been warned!!  */
+#if defined _MSC_VER  && !defined WIN32
+/* Microsoft C 16-bit versions limit malloc to approx 65512 bytes.
+   The REALLOC define eliminates a flurry of conversion warnings,
+   but is not required. */
+# define MAX_BUF_SIZE  65500L
+# define REALLOC(p,s) realloc ((p), (size_t) (s))
+#else
+# define MAX_BUF_SIZE (1L << 16)
+# define REALLOC(p,s) realloc ((p), (s))
+#endif
+
+/* Extend the buffer by twice its current size via realloc and
+   reset the pointers that pointed into the old block to point to the
+   correct places in the new one.  If extending the buffer results in it
+   being larger than MAX_BUF_SIZE, then flag memory exhausted.  */
+#define EXTEND_BUFFER()							\
+  do { 									\
+    unsigned char *old_buffer = bufp->buffer;				\
+    if (bufp->allocated == MAX_BUF_SIZE) 				\
+      return REG_ESIZE;							\
+    bufp->allocated <<= 1;						\
+    if (bufp->allocated > MAX_BUF_SIZE)					\
+      bufp->allocated = MAX_BUF_SIZE; 					\
+    bufp->buffer = (unsigned char *) REALLOC (bufp->buffer, bufp->allocated);\
+    if (bufp->buffer == NULL)						\
+      return REG_ESPACE;						\
+    /* If the buffer moved, move all the pointers into it.  */		\
+    if (old_buffer != bufp->buffer)					\
+      {									\
+        b = (b - old_buffer) + bufp->buffer;				\
+        begalt = (begalt - old_buffer) + bufp->buffer;			\
+        if (fixup_alt_jump)						\
+          fixup_alt_jump = (fixup_alt_jump - old_buffer) + bufp->buffer;\
+        if (laststart)							\
+          laststart = (laststart - old_buffer) + bufp->buffer;		\
+        if (pending_exact)						\
+          pending_exact = (pending_exact - old_buffer) + bufp->buffer;	\
+      }									\
+  } while (0)
+
+
+/* Since we have one byte reserved for the register number argument to
+   {start,stop}_memory, the maximum number of groups we can report
+   things about is what fits in that byte.  */
+#define MAX_REGNUM 255
+
+/* But patterns can have more than `MAX_REGNUM' registers.  We just
+   ignore the excess.  */
+typedef unsigned regnum_t;
+
+
+/* Macros for the compile stack.  */
+
+/* Since offsets can go either forwards or backwards, this type needs to
+   be able to hold values from -(MAX_BUF_SIZE - 1) to MAX_BUF_SIZE - 1.  */
+/* int may be not enough when sizeof(int) == 2.  */
+typedef long pattern_offset_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  pattern_offset_t begalt_offset;
+  pattern_offset_t fixup_alt_jump;
+  pattern_offset_t inner_group_offset;
+  pattern_offset_t laststart_offset;
+  regnum_t regnum;
+} compile_stack_elt_t;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  compile_stack_elt_t *stack;
+  unsigned size;
+  unsigned avail;			/* Offset of next open position.  */
+} compile_stack_type;
+
+
+#define INIT_COMPILE_STACK_SIZE 32
+
+#define COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY  (compile_stack.avail == 0)
+#define COMPILE_STACK_FULL  (compile_stack.avail == compile_stack.size)
+
+/* The next available element.  */
+#define COMPILE_STACK_TOP (compile_stack.stack[compile_stack.avail])
+
+
+/* Set the bit for character C in a list.  */
+#define SET_LIST_BIT(c)                               \
+  (b[((unsigned char) (c)) / BYTEWIDTH]               \
+   |= 1 << (((unsigned char) c) % BYTEWIDTH))
+
+
+/* Get the next unsigned number in the uncompiled pattern.  */
+#define GET_UNSIGNED_NUMBER(num) 					\
+  { if (p != pend)							\
+     {									\
+       PATFETCH (c); 							\
+       while ('0' <= c && c <= '9')					\
+         { 								\
+           if (num < 0)							\
+              num = 0;							\
+           num = num * 10 + c - '0'; 					\
+           if (p == pend) 						\
+              break; 							\
+           PATFETCH (c);						\
+         } 								\
+       } 								\
+    }
+
+#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+/* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes
+   and the functions from ISO C amendement 1.  */
+# ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
+#  define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
+# else
+/* This shouldn't happen but some implementation might still have this
+   problem.  Use a reasonable default value.  */
+#  define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 256
+# endif
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) __wctype (string)
+# else
+#  define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) wctype (string)
+# endif
+#else
+# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH  6 /* Namely, `xdigit'.  */
+
+# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string)						\
+   (STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper")			\
+    || STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit")		\
+    || STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit")		\
+    || STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print")		\
+    || STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph")		\
+    || STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank"))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+
+/* If we cannot allocate large objects within re_match_2_internal,
+   we make the fail stack and register vectors global.
+   The fail stack, we grow to the maximum size when a regexp
+   is compiled.
+   The register vectors, we adjust in size each time we
+   compile a regexp, according to the number of registers it needs.  */
+
+static fail_stack_type fail_stack;
+
+/* Size with which the following vectors are currently allocated.
+   That is so we can make them bigger as needed,
+   but never make them smaller.  */
+static int regs_allocated_size;
+
+static const char **     regstart, **     regend;
+static const char ** old_regstart, ** old_regend;
+static const char **best_regstart, **best_regend;
+static register_info_type *reg_info;
+static const char **reg_dummy;
+static register_info_type *reg_info_dummy;
+
+/* Make the register vectors big enough for NUM_REGS registers,
+   but don't make them smaller.  */
+
+static
+regex_grow_registers (num_regs)
+     int num_regs;
+{
+  if (num_regs > regs_allocated_size)
+    {
+      RETALLOC_IF (regstart,	 num_regs, const char *);
+      RETALLOC_IF (regend,	 num_regs, const char *);
+      RETALLOC_IF (old_regstart, num_regs, const char *);
+      RETALLOC_IF (old_regend,	 num_regs, const char *);
+      RETALLOC_IF (best_regstart, num_regs, const char *);
+      RETALLOC_IF (best_regend,	 num_regs, const char *);
+      RETALLOC_IF (reg_info,	 num_regs, register_info_type);
+      RETALLOC_IF (reg_dummy,	 num_regs, const char *);
+      RETALLOC_IF (reg_info_dummy, num_regs, register_info_type);
+
+      regs_allocated_size = num_regs;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* not MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE */
+
+static boolean group_in_compile_stack _RE_ARGS ((compile_stack_type
+						 compile_stack,
+						 regnum_t regnum));
+
+/* `regex_compile' compiles PATTERN (of length SIZE) according to SYNTAX.
+   Returns one of error codes defined in `regex.h', or zero for success.
+
+   Assumes the `allocated' (and perhaps `buffer') and `translate'
+   fields are set in BUFP on entry.
+
+   If it succeeds, results are put in BUFP (if it returns an error, the
+   contents of BUFP are undefined):
+     `buffer' is the compiled pattern;
+     `syntax' is set to SYNTAX;
+     `used' is set to the length of the compiled pattern;
+     `fastmap_accurate' is zero;
+     `re_nsub' is the number of subexpressions in PATTERN;
+     `not_bol' and `not_eol' are zero;
+
+   The `fastmap' and `newline_anchor' fields are neither
+   examined nor set.  */
+
+/* Return, freeing storage we allocated.  */
+#define FREE_STACK_RETURN(value)		\
+  return (free (compile_stack.stack), value)
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+regex_compile (pattern, size, syntax, bufp)
+     const char *pattern;
+     size_t size;
+     reg_syntax_t syntax;
+     struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+{
+  /* We fetch characters from PATTERN here.  Even though PATTERN is
+     `char *' (i.e., signed), we declare these variables as unsigned, so
+     they can be reliably used as array indices.  */
+  register unsigned char c, c1;
+
+  /* A random temporary spot in PATTERN.  */
+  const char *p1;
+
+  /* Points to the end of the buffer, where we should append.  */
+  register unsigned char *b;
+
+  /* Keeps track of unclosed groups.  */
+  compile_stack_type compile_stack;
+
+  /* Points to the current (ending) position in the pattern.  */
+  const char *p = pattern;
+  const char *pend = pattern + size;
+
+  /* How to translate the characters in the pattern.  */
+  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate = bufp->translate;
+
+  /* Address of the count-byte of the most recently inserted `exactn'
+     command.  This makes it possible to tell if a new exact-match
+     character can be added to that command or if the character requires
+     a new `exactn' command.  */
+  unsigned char *pending_exact = 0;
+
+  /* Address of start of the most recently finished expression.
+     This tells, e.g., postfix * where to find the start of its
+     operand.  Reset at the beginning of groups and alternatives.  */
+  unsigned char *laststart = 0;
+
+  /* Address of beginning of regexp, or inside of last group.  */
+  unsigned char *begalt;
+
+  /* Place in the uncompiled pattern (i.e., the {) to
+     which to go back if the interval is invalid.  */
+  const char *beg_interval;
+
+  /* Address of the place where a forward jump should go to the end of
+     the containing expression.  Each alternative of an `or' -- except the
+     last -- ends with a forward jump of this sort.  */
+  unsigned char *fixup_alt_jump = 0;
+
+  /* Counts open-groups as they are encountered.  Remembered for the
+     matching close-group on the compile stack, so the same register
+     number is put in the stop_memory as the start_memory.  */
+  regnum_t regnum = 0;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nCompiling pattern: ");
+  if (debug)
+    {
+      unsigned debug_count;
+
+      for (debug_count = 0; debug_count < size; debug_count++)
+        putchar (pattern[debug_count]);
+      putchar ('\n');
+    }
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+  /* Initialize the compile stack.  */
+  compile_stack.stack = TALLOC (INIT_COMPILE_STACK_SIZE, compile_stack_elt_t);
+  if (compile_stack.stack == NULL)
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  compile_stack.size = INIT_COMPILE_STACK_SIZE;
+  compile_stack.avail = 0;
+
+  /* Initialize the pattern buffer.  */
+  bufp->syntax = syntax;
+  bufp->fastmap_accurate = 0;
+  bufp->not_bol = bufp->not_eol = 0;
+
+  /* Set `used' to zero, so that if we return an error, the pattern
+     printer (for debugging) will think there's no pattern.  We reset it
+     at the end.  */
+  bufp->used = 0;
+
+  /* Always count groups, whether or not bufp->no_sub is set.  */
+  bufp->re_nsub = 0;
+
+#if !defined emacs && !defined SYNTAX_TABLE
+  /* Initialize the syntax table.  */
+   init_syntax_once ();
+#endif
+
+  if (bufp->allocated == 0)
+    {
+      if (bufp->buffer)
+	{ /* If zero allocated, but buffer is non-null, try to realloc
+             enough space.  This loses if buffer's address is bogus, but
+             that is the user's responsibility.  */
+          RETALLOC (bufp->buffer, INIT_BUF_SIZE, unsigned char);
+        }
+      else
+        { /* Caller did not allocate a buffer.  Do it for them.  */
+          bufp->buffer = TALLOC (INIT_BUF_SIZE, unsigned char);
+        }
+      if (!bufp->buffer) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ESPACE);
+
+      bufp->allocated = INIT_BUF_SIZE;
+    }
+
+  begalt = b = bufp->buffer;
+
+  /* Loop through the uncompiled pattern until we're at the end.  */
+  while (p != pend)
+    {
+      PATFETCH (c);
+
+      switch (c)
+        {
+        case '^':
+          {
+            if (   /* If at start of pattern, it's an operator.  */
+                   p == pattern + 1
+                   /* If context independent, it's an operator.  */
+                || syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS
+                   /* Otherwise, depends on what's come before.  */
+                || at_begline_loc_p (pattern, p, syntax))
+              BUF_PUSH (begline);
+            else
+              goto normal_char;
+          }
+          break;
+
+
+        case '$':
+          {
+            if (   /* If at end of pattern, it's an operator.  */
+                   p == pend
+                   /* If context independent, it's an operator.  */
+                || syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS
+                   /* Otherwise, depends on what's next.  */
+                || at_endline_loc_p (p, pend, syntax))
+               BUF_PUSH (endline);
+             else
+               goto normal_char;
+           }
+           break;
+
+
+	case '+':
+        case '?':
+          if ((syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM)
+              || (syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS))
+            goto normal_char;
+        handle_plus:
+        case '*':
+          /* If there is no previous pattern... */
+          if (!laststart)
+            {
+              if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS)
+                FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_BADRPT);
+              else if (!(syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS))
+                goto normal_char;
+            }
+
+          {
+            /* Are we optimizing this jump?  */
+            boolean keep_string_p = false;
+
+            /* 1 means zero (many) matches is allowed.  */
+            char zero_times_ok = 0, many_times_ok = 0;
+
+            /* If there is a sequence of repetition chars, collapse it
+               down to just one (the right one).  We can't combine
+               interval operators with these because of, e.g., `a{2}*',
+               which should only match an even number of `a's.  */
+
+            for (;;)
+              {
+                zero_times_ok |= c != '+';
+                many_times_ok |= c != '?';
+
+                if (p == pend)
+                  break;
+
+                PATFETCH (c);
+
+                if (c == '*'
+                    || (!(syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM) && (c == '+' || c == '?')))
+                  ;
+
+                else if (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM  &&  c == '\\')
+                  {
+                    if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EESCAPE);
+
+                    PATFETCH (c1);
+                    if (!(c1 == '+' || c1 == '?'))
+                      {
+                        PATUNFETCH;
+                        PATUNFETCH;
+                        break;
+                      }
+
+                    c = c1;
+                  }
+                else
+                  {
+                    PATUNFETCH;
+                    break;
+                  }
+
+                /* If we get here, we found another repeat character.  */
+               }
+
+            /* Star, etc. applied to an empty pattern is equivalent
+               to an empty pattern.  */
+            if (!laststart)
+              break;
+
+            /* Now we know whether or not zero matches is allowed
+               and also whether or not two or more matches is allowed.  */
+            if (many_times_ok)
+              { /* More than one repetition is allowed, so put in at the
+                   end a backward relative jump from `b' to before the next
+                   jump we're going to put in below (which jumps from
+                   laststart to after this jump).
+
+                   But if we are at the `*' in the exact sequence `.*\n',
+                   insert an unconditional jump backwards to the .,
+                   instead of the beginning of the loop.  This way we only
+                   push a failure point once, instead of every time
+                   through the loop.  */
+                assert (p - 1 > pattern);
+
+                /* Allocate the space for the jump.  */
+                GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3);
+
+                /* We know we are not at the first character of the pattern,
+                   because laststart was nonzero.  And we've already
+                   incremented `p', by the way, to be the character after
+                   the `*'.  Do we have to do something analogous here
+                   for null bytes, because of RE_DOT_NOT_NULL?  */
+                if (TRANSLATE (*(p - 2)) == TRANSLATE ('.')
+		    && zero_times_ok
+                    && p < pend && TRANSLATE (*p) == TRANSLATE ('\n')
+                    && !(syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+                  { /* We have .*\n.  */
+                    STORE_JUMP (jump, b, laststart);
+                    keep_string_p = true;
+                  }
+                else
+                  /* Anything else.  */
+                  STORE_JUMP (maybe_pop_jump, b, laststart - 3);
+
+                /* We've added more stuff to the buffer.  */
+                b += 3;
+              }
+
+            /* On failure, jump from laststart to b + 3, which will be the
+               end of the buffer after this jump is inserted.  */
+            GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3);
+            INSERT_JUMP (keep_string_p ? on_failure_keep_string_jump
+                                       : on_failure_jump,
+                         laststart, b + 3);
+            pending_exact = 0;
+            b += 3;
+
+            if (!zero_times_ok)
+              {
+                /* At least one repetition is required, so insert a
+                   `dummy_failure_jump' before the initial
+                   `on_failure_jump' instruction of the loop. This
+                   effects a skip over that instruction the first time
+                   we hit that loop.  */
+                GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3);
+                INSERT_JUMP (dummy_failure_jump, laststart, laststart + 6);
+                b += 3;
+              }
+            }
+	  break;
+
+
+	case '.':
+          laststart = b;
+          BUF_PUSH (anychar);
+          break;
+
+
+        case '[':
+          {
+            boolean had_char_class = false;
+
+            if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+            /* Ensure that we have enough space to push a charset: the
+               opcode, the length count, and the bitset; 34 bytes in all.  */
+	    GET_BUFFER_SPACE (34);
+
+            laststart = b;
+
+            /* We test `*p == '^' twice, instead of using an if
+               statement, so we only need one BUF_PUSH.  */
+            BUF_PUSH (*p == '^' ? charset_not : charset);
+            if (*p == '^')
+              p++;
+
+            /* Remember the first position in the bracket expression.  */
+            p1 = p;
+
+            /* Push the number of bytes in the bitmap.  */
+            BUF_PUSH ((1 << BYTEWIDTH) / BYTEWIDTH);
+
+            /* Clear the whole map.  */
+            bzero (b, (1 << BYTEWIDTH) / BYTEWIDTH);
+
+            /* charset_not matches newline according to a syntax bit.  */
+            if ((re_opcode_t) b[-2] == charset_not
+                && (syntax & RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE))
+              SET_LIST_BIT ('\n');
+
+            /* Read in characters and ranges, setting map bits.  */
+            for (;;)
+              {
+                if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+                PATFETCH (c);
+
+                /* \ might escape characters inside [...] and [^...].  */
+                if ((syntax & RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS) && c == '\\')
+                  {
+                    if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EESCAPE);
+
+                    PATFETCH (c1);
+                    SET_LIST_BIT (c1);
+                    continue;
+                  }
+
+                /* Could be the end of the bracket expression.  If it's
+                   not (i.e., when the bracket expression is `[]' so
+                   far), the ']' character bit gets set way below.  */
+                if (c == ']' && p != p1 + 1)
+                  break;
+
+                /* Look ahead to see if it's a range when the last thing
+                   was a character class.  */
+                if (had_char_class && c == '-' && *p != ']')
+                  FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ERANGE);
+
+                /* Look ahead to see if it's a range when the last thing
+                   was a character: if this is a hyphen not at the
+                   beginning or the end of a list, then it's the range
+                   operator.  */
+                if (c == '-'
+                    && !(p - 2 >= pattern && p[-2] == '[')
+                    && !(p - 3 >= pattern && p[-3] == '[' && p[-2] == '^')
+                    && *p != ']')
+                  {
+                    reg_errcode_t ret
+                      = compile_range (&p, pend, translate, syntax, b);
+                    if (ret != REG_NOERROR) FREE_STACK_RETURN (ret);
+                  }
+
+                else if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] != ']')
+                  { /* This handles ranges made up of characters only.  */
+                    reg_errcode_t ret;
+
+		    /* Move past the `-'.  */
+                    PATFETCH (c1);
+
+                    ret = compile_range (&p, pend, translate, syntax, b);
+                    if (ret != REG_NOERROR) FREE_STACK_RETURN (ret);
+                  }
+
+                /* See if we're at the beginning of a possible character
+                   class.  */
+
+                else if (syntax & RE_CHAR_CLASSES && c == '[' && *p == ':')
+                  { /* Leave room for the null.  */
+                    char str[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
+
+                    PATFETCH (c);
+                    c1 = 0;
+
+                    /* If pattern is `[[:'.  */
+                    if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+                    for (;;)
+                      {
+                        PATFETCH (c);
+                        if ((c == ':' && *p == ']') || p == pend)
+                          break;
+			if (c1 < CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
+			  str[c1++] = c;
+			else
+			  /* This is in any case an invalid class name.  */
+			  str[0] = '\0';
+                      }
+                    str[c1] = '\0';
+
+                    /* If isn't a word bracketed by `[:' and `:]':
+                       undo the ending character, the letters, and leave
+                       the leading `:' and `[' (but set bits for them).  */
+                    if (c == ':' && *p == ']')
+                      {
+#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+                        boolean is_lower = STREQ (str, "lower");
+                        boolean is_upper = STREQ (str, "upper");
+			wctype_t wt;
+                        int ch;
+
+			wt = IS_CHAR_CLASS (str);
+			if (wt == 0)
+			  FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ECTYPE);
+
+                        /* Throw away the ] at the end of the character
+                           class.  */
+                        PATFETCH (c);
+
+                        if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+                        for (ch = 0; ch < 1 << BYTEWIDTH; ++ch)
+			  {
+# ifdef _LIBC
+			    if (__iswctype (__btowc (ch), wt))
+			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
+# else
+			    if (iswctype (btowc (ch), wt))
+			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
+# endif
+
+			    if (translate && (is_upper || is_lower)
+				&& (ISUPPER (ch) || ISLOWER (ch)))
+			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
+			  }
+
+                        had_char_class = true;
+#else
+                        int ch;
+                        boolean is_alnum = STREQ (str, "alnum");
+                        boolean is_alpha = STREQ (str, "alpha");
+                        boolean is_blank = STREQ (str, "blank");
+                        boolean is_cntrl = STREQ (str, "cntrl");
+                        boolean is_digit = STREQ (str, "digit");
+                        boolean is_graph = STREQ (str, "graph");
+                        boolean is_lower = STREQ (str, "lower");
+                        boolean is_print = STREQ (str, "print");
+                        boolean is_punct = STREQ (str, "punct");
+                        boolean is_space = STREQ (str, "space");
+                        boolean is_upper = STREQ (str, "upper");
+                        boolean is_xdigit = STREQ (str, "xdigit");
+
+                        if (!IS_CHAR_CLASS (str))
+			  FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ECTYPE);
+
+                        /* Throw away the ] at the end of the character
+                           class.  */
+                        PATFETCH (c);
+
+                        if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+                        for (ch = 0; ch < 1 << BYTEWIDTH; ch++)
+                          {
+			    /* This was split into 3 if's to
+			       avoid an arbitrary limit in some compiler.  */
+                            if (   (is_alnum  && ISALNUM (ch))
+                                || (is_alpha  && ISALPHA (ch))
+                                || (is_blank  && ISBLANK (ch))
+                                || (is_cntrl  && ISCNTRL (ch)))
+			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
+			    if (   (is_digit  && ISDIGIT (ch))
+                                || (is_graph  && ISGRAPH (ch))
+                                || (is_lower  && ISLOWER (ch))
+                                || (is_print  && ISPRINT (ch)))
+			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
+			    if (   (is_punct  && ISPUNCT (ch))
+                                || (is_space  && ISSPACE (ch))
+                                || (is_upper  && ISUPPER (ch))
+                                || (is_xdigit && ISXDIGIT (ch)))
+			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
+			    if (   translate && (is_upper || is_lower)
+				&& (ISUPPER (ch) || ISLOWER (ch)))
+			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
+                          }
+                        had_char_class = true;
+#endif	/* libc || wctype.h */
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        c1++;
+                        while (c1--)
+                          PATUNFETCH;
+                        SET_LIST_BIT ('[');
+                        SET_LIST_BIT (':');
+                        had_char_class = false;
+                      }
+                  }
+                else
+                  {
+                    had_char_class = false;
+                    SET_LIST_BIT (c);
+                  }
+              }
+
+            /* Discard any (non)matching list bytes that are all 0 at the
+               end of the map.  Decrease the map-length byte too.  */
+            while ((int) b[-1] > 0 && b[b[-1] - 1] == 0)
+              b[-1]--;
+            b += b[-1];
+          }
+          break;
+
+
+	case '(':
+          if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)
+            goto handle_open;
+          else
+            goto normal_char;
+
+
+        case ')':
+          if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)
+            goto handle_close;
+          else
+            goto normal_char;
+
+
+        case '\n':
+          if (syntax & RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
+            goto handle_alt;
+          else
+            goto normal_char;
+
+
+	case '|':
+          if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
+            goto handle_alt;
+          else
+            goto normal_char;
+
+
+        case '{':
+           if (syntax & RE_INTERVALS && syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)
+             goto handle_interval;
+           else
+             goto normal_char;
+
+
+        case '\\':
+          if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EESCAPE);
+
+          /* Do not translate the character after the \, so that we can
+             distinguish, e.g., \B from \b, even if we normally would
+             translate, e.g., B to b.  */
+          PATFETCH_RAW (c);
+
+          switch (c)
+            {
+            case '(':
+              if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)
+                goto normal_backslash;
+
+            handle_open:
+              bufp->re_nsub++;
+              regnum++;
+
+              if (COMPILE_STACK_FULL)
+                {
+                  RETALLOC (compile_stack.stack, compile_stack.size << 1,
+                            compile_stack_elt_t);
+                  if (compile_stack.stack == NULL) return REG_ESPACE;
+
+                  compile_stack.size <<= 1;
+                }
+
+              /* These are the values to restore when we hit end of this
+                 group.  They are all relative offsets, so that if the
+                 whole pattern moves because of realloc, they will still
+                 be valid.  */
+              COMPILE_STACK_TOP.begalt_offset = begalt - bufp->buffer;
+              COMPILE_STACK_TOP.fixup_alt_jump
+                = fixup_alt_jump ? fixup_alt_jump - bufp->buffer + 1 : 0;
+              COMPILE_STACK_TOP.laststart_offset = b - bufp->buffer;
+              COMPILE_STACK_TOP.regnum = regnum;
+
+              /* We will eventually replace the 0 with the number of
+                 groups inner to this one.  But do not push a
+                 start_memory for groups beyond the last one we can
+                 represent in the compiled pattern.  */
+              if (regnum <= MAX_REGNUM)
+                {
+                  COMPILE_STACK_TOP.inner_group_offset = b - bufp->buffer + 2;
+                  BUF_PUSH_3 (start_memory, regnum, 0);
+                }
+
+              compile_stack.avail++;
+
+              fixup_alt_jump = 0;
+              laststart = 0;
+              begalt = b;
+	      /* If we've reached MAX_REGNUM groups, then this open
+		 won't actually generate any code, so we'll have to
+		 clear pending_exact explicitly.  */
+	      pending_exact = 0;
+              break;
+
+
+            case ')':
+              if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS) goto normal_backslash;
+
+              if (COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY)
+		{
+		  if (syntax & RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+		    goto normal_backslash;
+		  else
+		    FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ERPAREN);
+		}
+
+            handle_close:
+              if (fixup_alt_jump)
+                { /* Push a dummy failure point at the end of the
+                     alternative for a possible future
+                     `pop_failure_jump' to pop.  See comments at
+                     `push_dummy_failure' in `re_match_2'.  */
+                  BUF_PUSH (push_dummy_failure);
+
+                  /* We allocated space for this jump when we assigned
+                     to `fixup_alt_jump', in the `handle_alt' case below.  */
+                  STORE_JUMP (jump_past_alt, fixup_alt_jump, b - 1);
+                }
+
+              /* See similar code for backslashed left paren above.  */
+              if (COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY)
+		{
+		  if (syntax & RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+		    goto normal_char;
+		  else
+		    FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ERPAREN);
+		}
+
+              /* Since we just checked for an empty stack above, this
+                 ``can't happen''.  */
+              assert (compile_stack.avail != 0);
+              {
+                /* We don't just want to restore into `regnum', because
+                   later groups should continue to be numbered higher,
+                   as in `(ab)c(de)' -- the second group is #2.  */
+                regnum_t this_group_regnum;
+
+                compile_stack.avail--;
+                begalt = bufp->buffer + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.begalt_offset;
+                fixup_alt_jump
+                  = COMPILE_STACK_TOP.fixup_alt_jump
+                    ? bufp->buffer + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.fixup_alt_jump - 1
+                    : 0;
+                laststart = bufp->buffer + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.laststart_offset;
+                this_group_regnum = COMPILE_STACK_TOP.regnum;
+		/* If we've reached MAX_REGNUM groups, then this open
+		   won't actually generate any code, so we'll have to
+		   clear pending_exact explicitly.  */
+		pending_exact = 0;
+
+                /* We're at the end of the group, so now we know how many
+                   groups were inside this one.  */
+                if (this_group_regnum <= MAX_REGNUM)
+                  {
+                    unsigned char *inner_group_loc
+                      = bufp->buffer + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.inner_group_offset;
+
+                    *inner_group_loc = regnum - this_group_regnum;
+                    BUF_PUSH_3 (stop_memory, this_group_regnum,
+                                regnum - this_group_regnum);
+                  }
+              }
+              break;
+
+
+            case '|':					/* `\|'.  */
+              if (syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS || syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
+                goto normal_backslash;
+            handle_alt:
+              if (syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS)
+                goto normal_char;
+
+              /* Insert before the previous alternative a jump which
+                 jumps to this alternative if the former fails.  */
+              GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3);
+              INSERT_JUMP (on_failure_jump, begalt, b + 6);
+              pending_exact = 0;
+              b += 3;
+
+              /* The alternative before this one has a jump after it
+                 which gets executed if it gets matched.  Adjust that
+                 jump so it will jump to this alternative's analogous
+                 jump (put in below, which in turn will jump to the next
+                 (if any) alternative's such jump, etc.).  The last such
+                 jump jumps to the correct final destination.  A picture:
+                          _____ _____
+                          |   | |   |
+                          |   v |   v
+                         a | b   | c
+
+                 If we are at `b', then fixup_alt_jump right now points to a
+                 three-byte space after `a'.  We'll put in the jump, set
+                 fixup_alt_jump to right after `b', and leave behind three
+                 bytes which we'll fill in when we get to after `c'.  */
+
+              if (fixup_alt_jump)
+                STORE_JUMP (jump_past_alt, fixup_alt_jump, b);
+
+              /* Mark and leave space for a jump after this alternative,
+                 to be filled in later either by next alternative or
+                 when know we're at the end of a series of alternatives.  */
+              fixup_alt_jump = b;
+              GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3);
+              b += 3;
+
+              laststart = 0;
+              begalt = b;
+              break;
+
+
+            case '{':
+              /* If \{ is a literal.  */
+              if (!(syntax & RE_INTERVALS)
+                     /* If we're at `\{' and it's not the open-interval
+                        operator.  */
+                  || ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES))
+                  || (p - 2 == pattern  &&  p == pend))
+                goto normal_backslash;
+
+            handle_interval:
+              {
+                /* If got here, then the syntax allows intervals.  */
+
+                /* At least (most) this many matches must be made.  */
+                int lower_bound = -1, upper_bound = -1;
+
+                beg_interval = p - 1;
+
+                if (p == pend)
+                  {
+                    if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)
+                      goto unfetch_interval;
+                    else
+                      FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACE);
+                  }
+
+                GET_UNSIGNED_NUMBER (lower_bound);
+
+                if (c == ',')
+                  {
+                    GET_UNSIGNED_NUMBER (upper_bound);
+                    if (upper_bound < 0) upper_bound = RE_DUP_MAX;
+                  }
+                else
+                  /* Interval such as `{1}' => match exactly once. */
+                  upper_bound = lower_bound;
+
+                if (lower_bound < 0 || upper_bound > RE_DUP_MAX
+                    || lower_bound > upper_bound)
+                  {
+                    if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)
+                      goto unfetch_interval;
+                    else
+                      FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_BADBR);
+                  }
+
+                if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES))
+                  {
+                    if (c != '\\') FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACE);
+
+                    PATFETCH (c);
+                  }
+
+                if (c != '}')
+                  {
+                    if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)
+                      goto unfetch_interval;
+                    else
+                      FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_BADBR);
+                  }
+
+                /* We just parsed a valid interval.  */
+
+                /* If it's invalid to have no preceding re.  */
+                if (!laststart)
+                  {
+                    if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS)
+                      FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_BADRPT);
+                    else if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS)
+                      laststart = b;
+                    else
+                      goto unfetch_interval;
+                  }
+
+                /* If the upper bound is zero, don't want to succeed at
+                   all; jump from `laststart' to `b + 3', which will be
+                   the end of the buffer after we insert the jump.  */
+                 if (upper_bound == 0)
+                   {
+                     GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3);
+                     INSERT_JUMP (jump, laststart, b + 3);
+                     b += 3;
+                   }
+
+                 /* Otherwise, we have a nontrivial interval.  When
+                    we're all done, the pattern will look like:
+                      set_number_at <jump count> <upper bound>
+                      set_number_at <succeed_n count> <lower bound>
+                      succeed_n <after jump addr> <succeed_n count>
+                      <body of loop>
+                      jump_n <succeed_n addr> <jump count>
+                    (The upper bound and `jump_n' are omitted if
+                    `upper_bound' is 1, though.)  */
+                 else
+                   { /* If the upper bound is > 1, we need to insert
+                        more at the end of the loop.  */
+                     unsigned nbytes = 10 + (upper_bound > 1) * 10;
+
+                     GET_BUFFER_SPACE (nbytes);
+
+                     /* Initialize lower bound of the `succeed_n', even
+                        though it will be set during matching by its
+                        attendant `set_number_at' (inserted next),
+                        because `re_compile_fastmap' needs to know.
+                        Jump to the `jump_n' we might insert below.  */
+                     INSERT_JUMP2 (succeed_n, laststart,
+                                   b + 5 + (upper_bound > 1) * 5,
+                                   lower_bound);
+                     b += 5;
+
+                     /* Code to initialize the lower bound.  Insert
+                        before the `succeed_n'.  The `5' is the last two
+                        bytes of this `set_number_at', plus 3 bytes of
+                        the following `succeed_n'.  */
+                     insert_op2 (set_number_at, laststart, 5, lower_bound, b);
+                     b += 5;
+
+                     if (upper_bound > 1)
+                       { /* More than one repetition is allowed, so
+                            append a backward jump to the `succeed_n'
+                            that starts this interval.
+
+                            When we've reached this during matching,
+                            we'll have matched the interval once, so
+                            jump back only `upper_bound - 1' times.  */
+                         STORE_JUMP2 (jump_n, b, laststart + 5,
+                                      upper_bound - 1);
+                         b += 5;
+
+                         /* The location we want to set is the second
+                            parameter of the `jump_n'; that is `b-2' as
+                            an absolute address.  `laststart' will be
+                            the `set_number_at' we're about to insert;
+                            `laststart+3' the number to set, the source
+                            for the relative address.  But we are
+                            inserting into the middle of the pattern --
+                            so everything is getting moved up by 5.
+                            Conclusion: (b - 2) - (laststart + 3) + 5,
+                            i.e., b - laststart.
+
+                            We insert this at the beginning of the loop
+                            so that if we fail during matching, we'll
+                            reinitialize the bounds.  */
+                         insert_op2 (set_number_at, laststart, b - laststart,
+                                     upper_bound - 1, b);
+                         b += 5;
+                       }
+                   }
+                pending_exact = 0;
+                beg_interval = NULL;
+              }
+              break;
+
+            unfetch_interval:
+              /* If an invalid interval, match the characters as literals.  */
+               assert (beg_interval);
+               p = beg_interval;
+               beg_interval = NULL;
+
+               /* normal_char and normal_backslash need `c'.  */
+               PATFETCH (c);
+
+               if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES))
+                 {
+                   if (p > pattern  &&  p[-1] == '\\')
+                     goto normal_backslash;
+                 }
+               goto normal_char;
+
+#ifdef emacs
+            /* There is no way to specify the before_dot and after_dot
+               operators.  rms says this is ok.  --karl  */
+            case '=':
+              BUF_PUSH (at_dot);
+              break;
+
+            case 's':
+              laststart = b;
+              PATFETCH (c);
+              BUF_PUSH_2 (syntaxspec, syntax_spec_code[c]);
+              break;
+
+            case 'S':
+              laststart = b;
+              PATFETCH (c);
+              BUF_PUSH_2 (notsyntaxspec, syntax_spec_code[c]);
+              break;
+#endif /* emacs */
+
+
+            case 'w':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              laststart = b;
+              BUF_PUSH (wordchar);
+              break;
+
+
+            case 'W':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              laststart = b;
+              BUF_PUSH (notwordchar);
+              break;
+
+
+            case '<':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              BUF_PUSH (wordbeg);
+              break;
+
+            case '>':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              BUF_PUSH (wordend);
+              break;
+
+            case 'b':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              BUF_PUSH (wordbound);
+              break;
+
+            case 'B':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              BUF_PUSH (notwordbound);
+              break;
+
+            case '`':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              BUF_PUSH (begbuf);
+              break;
+
+            case '\'':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              BUF_PUSH (endbuf);
+              break;
+
+            case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+            case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+              if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_REFS)
+                goto normal_char;
+
+              c1 = c - '0';
+
+              if (c1 > regnum)
+                FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ESUBREG);
+
+              /* Can't back reference to a subexpression if inside of it.  */
+              if (group_in_compile_stack (compile_stack, (regnum_t) c1))
+                goto normal_char;
+
+              laststart = b;
+              BUF_PUSH_2 (duplicate, c1);
+              break;
+
+
+            case '+':
+            case '?':
+              if (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM)
+                goto handle_plus;
+              else
+                goto normal_backslash;
+
+            default:
+            normal_backslash:
+              /* You might think it would be useful for \ to mean
+                 not to translate; but if we don't translate it
+                 it will never match anything.  */
+              c = TRANSLATE (c);
+              goto normal_char;
+            }
+          break;
+
+
+	default:
+        /* Expects the character in `c'.  */
+	normal_char:
+	      /* If no exactn currently being built.  */
+          if (!pending_exact
+
+              /* If last exactn not at current position.  */
+              || pending_exact + *pending_exact + 1 != b
+
+              /* We have only one byte following the exactn for the count.  */
+	      || *pending_exact == (1 << BYTEWIDTH) - 1
+
+              /* If followed by a repetition operator.  */
+              || *p == '*' || *p == '^'
+	      || ((syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM)
+		  ? *p == '\\' && (p[1] == '+' || p[1] == '?')
+		  : (*p == '+' || *p == '?'))
+	      || ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS)
+                  && ((syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)
+		      ? *p == '{'
+                      : (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] == '{'))))
+	    {
+	      /* Start building a new exactn.  */
+
+              laststart = b;
+
+	      BUF_PUSH_2 (exactn, 0);
+	      pending_exact = b - 1;
+            }
+
+	  BUF_PUSH (c);
+          (*pending_exact)++;
+	  break;
+        } /* switch (c) */
+    } /* while p != pend */
+
+
+  /* Through the pattern now.  */
+
+  if (fixup_alt_jump)
+    STORE_JUMP (jump_past_alt, fixup_alt_jump, b);
+
+  if (!COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY)
+    FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EPAREN);
+
+  /* If we don't want backtracking, force success
+     the first time we reach the end of the compiled pattern.  */
+  if (syntax & RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING)
+    BUF_PUSH (succeed);
+
+  free (compile_stack.stack);
+
+  /* We have succeeded; set the length of the buffer.  */
+  bufp->used = b - bufp->buffer;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  if (debug)
+    {
+      DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nCompiled pattern: \n");
+      print_compiled_pattern (bufp);
+    }
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+#ifndef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+  /* Initialize the failure stack to the largest possible stack.  This
+     isn't necessary unless we're trying to avoid calling alloca in
+     the search and match routines.  */
+  {
+    int num_regs = bufp->re_nsub + 1;
+
+    /* Since DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK refuses to double only if the current size
+       is strictly greater than re_max_failures, the largest possible stack
+       is 2 * re_max_failures failure points.  */
+    if (fail_stack.size < (2 * re_max_failures * MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS))
+      {
+	fail_stack.size = (2 * re_max_failures * MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS);
+
+# ifdef emacs
+	if (! fail_stack.stack)
+	  fail_stack.stack
+	    = (fail_stack_elt_t *) xmalloc (fail_stack.size
+					    * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t));
+	else
+	  fail_stack.stack
+	    = (fail_stack_elt_t *) xrealloc (fail_stack.stack,
+					     (fail_stack.size
+					      * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t)));
+# else /* not emacs */
+	if (! fail_stack.stack)
+	  fail_stack.stack
+	    = (fail_stack_elt_t *) malloc (fail_stack.size
+					   * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t));
+	else
+	  fail_stack.stack
+	    = (fail_stack_elt_t *) realloc (fail_stack.stack,
+					    (fail_stack.size
+					     * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t)));
+# endif /* not emacs */
+      }
+
+    regex_grow_registers (num_regs);
+  }
+#endif /* not MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE */
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+} /* regex_compile */
+
+/* Subroutines for `regex_compile'.  */
+
+/* Store OP at LOC followed by two-byte integer parameter ARG.  */
+
+static void
+store_op1 (op, loc, arg)
+    re_opcode_t op;
+    unsigned char *loc;
+    int arg;
+{
+  *loc = (unsigned char) op;
+  STORE_NUMBER (loc + 1, arg);
+}
+
+
+/* Like `store_op1', but for two two-byte parameters ARG1 and ARG2.  */
+
+static void
+store_op2 (op, loc, arg1, arg2)
+    re_opcode_t op;
+    unsigned char *loc;
+    int arg1, arg2;
+{
+  *loc = (unsigned char) op;
+  STORE_NUMBER (loc + 1, arg1);
+  STORE_NUMBER (loc + 3, arg2);
+}
+
+
+/* Copy the bytes from LOC to END to open up three bytes of space at LOC
+   for OP followed by two-byte integer parameter ARG.  */
+
+static void
+insert_op1 (op, loc, arg, end)
+    re_opcode_t op;
+    unsigned char *loc;
+    int arg;
+    unsigned char *end;
+{
+  register unsigned char *pfrom = end;
+  register unsigned char *pto = end + 3;
+
+  while (pfrom != loc)
+    *--pto = *--pfrom;
+
+  store_op1 (op, loc, arg);
+}
+
+
+/* Like `insert_op1', but for two two-byte parameters ARG1 and ARG2.  */
+
+static void
+insert_op2 (op, loc, arg1, arg2, end)
+    re_opcode_t op;
+    unsigned char *loc;
+    int arg1, arg2;
+    unsigned char *end;
+{
+  register unsigned char *pfrom = end;
+  register unsigned char *pto = end + 5;
+
+  while (pfrom != loc)
+    *--pto = *--pfrom;
+
+  store_op2 (op, loc, arg1, arg2);
+}
+
+
+/* P points to just after a ^ in PATTERN.  Return true if that ^ comes
+   after an alternative or a begin-subexpression.  We assume there is at
+   least one character before the ^.  */
+
+static boolean
+at_begline_loc_p (pattern, p, syntax)
+    const char *pattern, *p;
+    reg_syntax_t syntax;
+{
+  const char *prev = p - 2;
+  boolean prev_prev_backslash = prev > pattern && prev[-1] == '\\';
+
+  return
+       /* After a subexpression?  */
+       (*prev == '(' && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS || prev_prev_backslash))
+       /* After an alternative?  */
+    || (*prev == '|' && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR || prev_prev_backslash));
+}
+
+
+/* The dual of at_begline_loc_p.  This one is for $.  We assume there is
+   at least one character after the $, i.e., `P < PEND'.  */
+
+static boolean
+at_endline_loc_p (p, pend, syntax)
+    const char *p, *pend;
+    reg_syntax_t syntax;
+{
+  const char *next = p;
+  boolean next_backslash = *next == '\\';
+  const char *next_next = p + 1 < pend ? p + 1 : 0;
+
+  return
+       /* Before a subexpression?  */
+       (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS ? *next == ')'
+        : next_backslash && next_next && *next_next == ')')
+       /* Before an alternative?  */
+    || (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR ? *next == '|'
+        : next_backslash && next_next && *next_next == '|');
+}
+
+
+/* Returns true if REGNUM is in one of COMPILE_STACK's elements and
+   false if it's not.  */
+
+static boolean
+group_in_compile_stack (compile_stack, regnum)
+    compile_stack_type compile_stack;
+    regnum_t regnum;
+{
+  int this_element;
+
+  for (this_element = compile_stack.avail - 1;
+       this_element >= 0;
+       this_element--)
+    if (compile_stack.stack[this_element].regnum == regnum)
+      return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+/* Read the ending character of a range (in a bracket expression) from the
+   uncompiled pattern *P_PTR (which ends at PEND).  We assume the
+   starting character is in `P[-2]'.  (`P[-1]' is the character `-'.)
+   Then we set the translation of all bits between the starting and
+   ending characters (inclusive) in the compiled pattern B.
+
+   Return an error code.
+
+   We use these short variable names so we can use the same macros as
+   `regex_compile' itself.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+compile_range (p_ptr, pend, translate, syntax, b)
+    const char **p_ptr, *pend;
+    RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate;
+    reg_syntax_t syntax;
+    unsigned char *b;
+{
+  unsigned this_char;
+
+  const char *p = *p_ptr;
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  char range_start[2];
+  char range_end[2];
+
+  if (p == pend)
+    return REG_ERANGE;
+
+  /* Fetch the endpoints without translating them; the
+     appropriate translation is done in the bit-setting loop below.  */
+  range_start[0] = p[-2];  range_start[1] = '\0';
+  range_end[0]   = p[ 0];  range_end[1]   = '\0';
+
+  /* Have to increment the pointer into the pattern string, so the
+     caller isn't still at the ending character.  */
+  (*p_ptr)++;
+
+  /* Report an error if the range is empty and the syntax prohibits this.  */
+  ret = syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES ? REG_ERANGE : REG_NOERROR;
+
+  /* Here we see why `this_char' has to be larger than an `unsigned
+     char' -- we would otherwise go into an infinite
+     loop, since all characters <= 0xff.  */
+  for (this_char = 0; this_char <= (unsigned char) -1; this_char++)
+    {
+      char ch[2];
+      ch[0] = this_char;  ch[1] = '\0';
+      if (strcoll (range_start, ch) <= 0 && strcoll (ch, range_end) <= 0)
+	{
+	  SET_LIST_BIT (TRANSLATE (this_char));
+	  ret = REG_NOERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* re_compile_fastmap computes a ``fastmap'' for the compiled pattern in
+   BUFP.  A fastmap records which of the (1 << BYTEWIDTH) possible
+   characters can start a string that matches the pattern.  This fastmap
+   is used by re_search to skip quickly over impossible starting points.
+
+   The caller must supply the address of a (1 << BYTEWIDTH)-byte data
+   area as BUFP->fastmap.
+
+   We set the `fastmap', `fastmap_accurate', and `can_be_null' fields in
+   the pattern buffer.
+
+   Returns 0 if we succeed, -2 if an internal error.   */
+
+int
+re_compile_fastmap (bufp)
+     struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+{
+  int j, k;
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+  fail_stack_type fail_stack;
+#endif
+#ifndef REGEX_MALLOC
+  char *destination;
+#endif
+
+  register char *fastmap = bufp->fastmap;
+  unsigned char *pattern = bufp->buffer;
+  unsigned char *p = pattern;
+  register unsigned char *pend = pattern + bufp->used;
+
+#ifdef REL_ALLOC
+  /* This holds the pointer to the failure stack, when
+     it is allocated relocatably.  */
+  fail_stack_elt_t *failure_stack_ptr;
+#endif
+
+  /* Assume that each path through the pattern can be null until
+     proven otherwise.  We set this false at the bottom of switch
+     statement, to which we get only if a particular path doesn't
+     match the empty string.  */
+  boolean path_can_be_null = true;
+
+  /* We aren't doing a `succeed_n' to begin with.  */
+  boolean succeed_n_p = false;
+
+  assert (fastmap != NULL && p != NULL);
+
+  INIT_FAIL_STACK ();
+  bzero (fastmap, 1 << BYTEWIDTH);  /* Assume nothing's valid.  */
+  bufp->fastmap_accurate = 1;	    /* It will be when we're done.  */
+  bufp->can_be_null = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (p == pend || *p == succeed)
+	{
+	  /* We have reached the (effective) end of pattern.  */
+	  if (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ())
+	    {
+	      bufp->can_be_null |= path_can_be_null;
+
+	      /* Reset for next path.  */
+	      path_can_be_null = true;
+
+	      p = fail_stack.stack[--fail_stack.avail].pointer;
+
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      /* We should never be about to go beyond the end of the pattern.  */
+      assert (p < pend);
+
+      switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST ((re_opcode_t) *p++))
+	{
+
+        /* I guess the idea here is to simply not bother with a fastmap
+           if a backreference is used, since it's too hard to figure out
+           the fastmap for the corresponding group.  Setting
+           `can_be_null' stops `re_search_2' from using the fastmap, so
+           that is all we do.  */
+	case duplicate:
+	  bufp->can_be_null = 1;
+          goto done;
+
+
+      /* Following are the cases which match a character.  These end
+         with `break'.  */
+
+	case exactn:
+          fastmap[p[1]] = 1;
+	  break;
+
+
+        case charset:
+          for (j = *p++ * BYTEWIDTH - 1; j >= 0; j--)
+	    if (p[j / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (j % BYTEWIDTH)))
+              fastmap[j] = 1;
+	  break;
+
+
+	case charset_not:
+	  /* Chars beyond end of map must be allowed.  */
+	  for (j = *p * BYTEWIDTH; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++)
+            fastmap[j] = 1;
+
+	  for (j = *p++ * BYTEWIDTH - 1; j >= 0; j--)
+	    if (!(p[j / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (j % BYTEWIDTH))))
+              fastmap[j] = 1;
+          break;
+
+
+	case wordchar:
+	  for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++)
+	    if (SYNTAX (j) == Sword)
+	      fastmap[j] = 1;
+	  break;
+
+
+	case notwordchar:
+	  for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++)
+	    if (SYNTAX (j) != Sword)
+	      fastmap[j] = 1;
+	  break;
+
+
+        case anychar:
+	  {
+	    int fastmap_newline = fastmap['\n'];
+
+	    /* `.' matches anything ...  */
+	    for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++)
+	      fastmap[j] = 1;
+
+	    /* ... except perhaps newline.  */
+	    if (!(bufp->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+	      fastmap['\n'] = fastmap_newline;
+
+	    /* Return if we have already set `can_be_null'; if we have,
+	       then the fastmap is irrelevant.  Something's wrong here.  */
+	    else if (bufp->can_be_null)
+	      goto done;
+
+	    /* Otherwise, have to check alternative paths.  */
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+#ifdef emacs
+        case syntaxspec:
+	  k = *p++;
+	  for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++)
+	    if (SYNTAX (j) == (enum syntaxcode) k)
+	      fastmap[j] = 1;
+	  break;
+
+
+	case notsyntaxspec:
+	  k = *p++;
+	  for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++)
+	    if (SYNTAX (j) != (enum syntaxcode) k)
+	      fastmap[j] = 1;
+	  break;
+
+
+      /* All cases after this match the empty string.  These end with
+         `continue'.  */
+
+
+	case before_dot:
+	case at_dot:
+	case after_dot:
+          continue;
+#endif /* emacs */
+
+
+        case no_op:
+        case begline:
+        case endline:
+	case begbuf:
+	case endbuf:
+	case wordbound:
+	case notwordbound:
+	case wordbeg:
+	case wordend:
+        case push_dummy_failure:
+          continue;
+
+
+	case jump_n:
+        case pop_failure_jump:
+	case maybe_pop_jump:
+	case jump:
+        case jump_past_alt:
+	case dummy_failure_jump:
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (j, p);
+	  p += j;
+	  if (j > 0)
+	    continue;
+
+          /* Jump backward implies we just went through the body of a
+             loop and matched nothing.  Opcode jumped to should be
+             `on_failure_jump' or `succeed_n'.  Just treat it like an
+             ordinary jump.  For a * loop, it has pushed its failure
+             point already; if so, discard that as redundant.  */
+          if ((re_opcode_t) *p != on_failure_jump
+	      && (re_opcode_t) *p != succeed_n)
+	    continue;
+
+          p++;
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (j, p);
+          p += j;
+
+          /* If what's on the stack is where we are now, pop it.  */
+          if (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ()
+	      && fail_stack.stack[fail_stack.avail - 1].pointer == p)
+            fail_stack.avail--;
+
+          continue;
+
+
+        case on_failure_jump:
+        case on_failure_keep_string_jump:
+	handle_on_failure_jump:
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (j, p);
+
+          /* For some patterns, e.g., `(a?)?', `p+j' here points to the
+             end of the pattern.  We don't want to push such a point,
+             since when we restore it above, entering the switch will
+             increment `p' past the end of the pattern.  We don't need
+             to push such a point since we obviously won't find any more
+             fastmap entries beyond `pend'.  Such a pattern can match
+             the null string, though.  */
+          if (p + j < pend)
+            {
+              if (!PUSH_PATTERN_OP (p + j, fail_stack))
+		{
+		  RESET_FAIL_STACK ();
+		  return -2;
+		}
+            }
+          else
+            bufp->can_be_null = 1;
+
+          if (succeed_n_p)
+            {
+              EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (k, p);	/* Skip the n.  */
+              succeed_n_p = false;
+	    }
+
+          continue;
+
+
+	case succeed_n:
+          /* Get to the number of times to succeed.  */
+          p += 2;
+
+          /* Increment p past the n for when k != 0.  */
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (k, p);
+          if (k == 0)
+	    {
+              p -= 4;
+  	      succeed_n_p = true;  /* Spaghetti code alert.  */
+              goto handle_on_failure_jump;
+            }
+          continue;
+
+
+	case set_number_at:
+          p += 4;
+          continue;
+
+
+	case start_memory:
+        case stop_memory:
+	  p += 2;
+	  continue;
+
+
+	default:
+          abort (); /* We have listed all the cases.  */
+        } /* switch *p++ */
+
+      /* Getting here means we have found the possible starting
+         characters for one path of the pattern -- and that the empty
+         string does not match.  We need not follow this path further.
+         Instead, look at the next alternative (remembered on the
+         stack), or quit if no more.  The test at the top of the loop
+         does these things.  */
+      path_can_be_null = false;
+      p = pend;
+    } /* while p */
+
+  /* Set `can_be_null' for the last path (also the first path, if the
+     pattern is empty).  */
+  bufp->can_be_null |= path_can_be_null;
+
+ done:
+  RESET_FAIL_STACK ();
+  return 0;
+} /* re_compile_fastmap */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_compile_fastmap, re_compile_fastmap)
+#endif
+
+/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
+   ENDS.  Subsequent matches using PATTERN_BUFFER and REGS will use
+   this memory for recording register information.  STARTS and ENDS
+   must be allocated using the malloc library routine, and must each
+   be at least NUM_REGS * sizeof (regoff_t) bytes long.
+
+   If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
+   register data.
+
+   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
+   PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
+   freeing the old data.  */
+
+void
+re_set_registers (bufp, regs, num_regs, starts, ends)
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+    struct re_registers *regs;
+    unsigned num_regs;
+    regoff_t *starts, *ends;
+{
+  if (num_regs)
+    {
+      bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_REALLOCATE;
+      regs->num_regs = num_regs;
+      regs->start = starts;
+      regs->end = ends;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+      regs->num_regs = 0;
+      regs->start = regs->end = (regoff_t *) 0;
+    }
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_set_registers, re_set_registers)
+#endif
+
+/* Searching routines.  */
+
+/* Like re_search_2, below, but only one string is specified, and
+   doesn't let you say where to stop matching. */
+
+int
+re_search (bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs)
+     struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+     const char *string;
+     int size, startpos, range;
+     struct re_registers *regs;
+{
+  return re_search_2 (bufp, NULL, 0, string, size, startpos, range,
+		      regs, size);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_search, re_search)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Using the compiled pattern in BUFP->buffer, first tries to match the
+   virtual concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2, starting first at index
+   STARTPOS, then at STARTPOS + 1, and so on.
+
+   STRING1 and STRING2 have length SIZE1 and SIZE2, respectively.
+
+   RANGE is how far to scan while trying to match.  RANGE = 0 means try
+   only at STARTPOS; in general, the last start tried is STARTPOS +
+   RANGE.
+
+   In REGS, return the indices of the virtual concatenation of STRING1
+   and STRING2 that matched the entire BUFP->buffer and its contained
+   subexpressions.
+
+   Do not consider matching one past the index STOP in the virtual
+   concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2.
+
+   We return either the position in the strings at which the match was
+   found, -1 if no match, or -2 if error (such as failure
+   stack overflow).  */
+
+int
+re_search_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, startpos, range, regs, stop)
+     struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+     const char *string1, *string2;
+     int size1, size2;
+     int startpos;
+     int range;
+     struct re_registers *regs;
+     int stop;
+{
+  int val;
+  register char *fastmap = bufp->fastmap;
+  register RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate = bufp->translate;
+  int total_size = size1 + size2;
+  int endpos = startpos + range;
+
+  /* Check for out-of-range STARTPOS.  */
+  if (startpos < 0 || startpos > total_size)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* Fix up RANGE if it might eventually take us outside
+     the virtual concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2.
+     Make sure we won't move STARTPOS below 0 or above TOTAL_SIZE.  */
+  if (endpos < 0)
+    range = 0 - startpos;
+  else if (endpos > total_size)
+    range = total_size - startpos;
+
+  /* If the search isn't to be a backwards one, don't waste time in a
+     search for a pattern that must be anchored.  */
+  if (bufp->used > 0 && range > 0
+      && ((re_opcode_t) bufp->buffer[0] == begbuf
+	  /* `begline' is like `begbuf' if it cannot match at newlines.  */
+	  || ((re_opcode_t) bufp->buffer[0] == begline
+	      && !bufp->newline_anchor)))
+    {
+      if (startpos > 0)
+	return -1;
+      else
+	range = 1;
+    }
+
+#ifdef emacs
+  /* In a forward search for something that starts with \=.
+     don't keep searching past point.  */
+  if (bufp->used > 0 && (re_opcode_t) bufp->buffer[0] == at_dot && range > 0)
+    {
+      range = PT - startpos;
+      if (range <= 0)
+	return -1;
+    }
+#endif /* emacs */
+
+  /* Update the fastmap now if not correct already.  */
+  if (fastmap && !bufp->fastmap_accurate)
+    if (re_compile_fastmap (bufp) == -2)
+      return -2;
+
+  /* Loop through the string, looking for a place to start matching.  */
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      /* If a fastmap is supplied, skip quickly over characters that
+         cannot be the start of a match.  If the pattern can match the
+         null string, however, we don't need to skip characters; we want
+         the first null string.  */
+      if (fastmap && startpos < total_size && !bufp->can_be_null)
+	{
+	  if (range > 0)	/* Searching forwards.  */
+	    {
+	      register const char *d;
+	      register int lim = 0;
+	      int irange = range;
+
+              if (startpos < size1 && startpos + range >= size1)
+                lim = range - (size1 - startpos);
+
+	      d = (startpos >= size1 ? string2 - size1 : string1) + startpos;
+
+              /* Written out as an if-else to avoid testing `translate'
+                 inside the loop.  */
+	      if (translate)
+                while (range > lim
+                       && !fastmap[(unsigned char)
+				   translate[(unsigned char) *d++]])
+                  range--;
+	      else
+                while (range > lim && !fastmap[(unsigned char) *d++])
+                  range--;
+
+	      startpos += irange - range;
+	    }
+	  else				/* Searching backwards.  */
+	    {
+	      register char c = (size1 == 0 || startpos >= size1
+                                 ? string2[startpos - size1]
+                                 : string1[startpos]);
+
+	      if (!fastmap[(unsigned char) TRANSLATE (c)])
+		goto advance;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* If can't match the null string, and that's all we have left, fail.  */
+      if (range >= 0 && startpos == total_size && fastmap
+          && !bufp->can_be_null)
+	return -1;
+
+      val = re_match_2_internal (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2,
+				 startpos, regs, stop);
+#ifndef REGEX_MALLOC
+# ifdef C_ALLOCA
+      alloca (0);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+      if (val >= 0)
+	return startpos;
+
+      if (val == -2)
+	return -2;
+
+    advance:
+      if (!range)
+        break;
+      else if (range > 0)
+        {
+          range--;
+          startpos++;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          range++;
+          startpos--;
+        }
+    }
+  return -1;
+} /* re_search_2 */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_search_2, re_search_2)
+#endif
+
+/* This converts PTR, a pointer into one of the search strings `string1'
+   and `string2' into an offset from the beginning of that string.  */
+#define POINTER_TO_OFFSET(ptr)			\
+  (FIRST_STRING_P (ptr)				\
+   ? ((regoff_t) ((ptr) - string1))		\
+   : ((regoff_t) ((ptr) - string2 + size1)))
+
+/* Macros for dealing with the split strings in re_match_2.  */
+
+#define MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING  (dend == end_match_1)
+
+/* Call before fetching a character with *d.  This switches over to
+   string2 if necessary.  */
+#define PREFETCH()							\
+  while (d == dend)						    	\
+    {									\
+      /* End of string2 => fail.  */					\
+      if (dend == end_match_2) 						\
+        goto fail;							\
+      /* End of string1 => advance to string2.  */ 			\
+      d = string2;						        \
+      dend = end_match_2;						\
+    }
+
+
+/* Test if at very beginning or at very end of the virtual concatenation
+   of `string1' and `string2'.  If only one string, it's `string2'.  */
+#define AT_STRINGS_BEG(d) ((d) == (size1 ? string1 : string2) || !size2)
+#define AT_STRINGS_END(d) ((d) == end2)
+
+
+/* Test if D points to a character which is word-constituent.  We have
+   two special cases to check for: if past the end of string1, look at
+   the first character in string2; and if before the beginning of
+   string2, look at the last character in string1.  */
+#define WORDCHAR_P(d)							\
+  (SYNTAX ((d) == end1 ? *string2					\
+           : (d) == string2 - 1 ? *(end1 - 1) : *(d))			\
+   == Sword)
+
+/* Disabled due to a compiler bug -- see comment at case wordbound */
+#if 0
+/* Test if the character before D and the one at D differ with respect
+   to being word-constituent.  */
+#define AT_WORD_BOUNDARY(d)						\
+  (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) || AT_STRINGS_END (d)				\
+   || WORDCHAR_P (d - 1) != WORDCHAR_P (d))
+#endif
+
+/* Free everything we malloc.  */
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+# define FREE_VAR(var) if (var) REGEX_FREE (var); var = NULL
+# define FREE_VARIABLES()						\
+  do {									\
+    REGEX_FREE_STACK (fail_stack.stack);				\
+    FREE_VAR (regstart);						\
+    FREE_VAR (regend);							\
+    FREE_VAR (old_regstart);						\
+    FREE_VAR (old_regend);						\
+    FREE_VAR (best_regstart);						\
+    FREE_VAR (best_regend);						\
+    FREE_VAR (reg_info);						\
+    FREE_VAR (reg_dummy);						\
+    FREE_VAR (reg_info_dummy);						\
+  } while (0)
+#else
+# define FREE_VARIABLES() ((void)0) /* Do nothing!  But inhibit gcc warning. */
+#endif /* not MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE */
+
+/* These values must meet several constraints.  They must not be valid
+   register values; since we have a limit of 255 registers (because
+   we use only one byte in the pattern for the register number), we can
+   use numbers larger than 255.  They must differ by 1, because of
+   NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS above.  And the value for the lowest register must
+   be larger than the value for the highest register, so we do not try
+   to actually save any registers when none are active.  */
+#define NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG (1 << BYTEWIDTH)
+#define NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG (NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG + 1)
+
+/* Matching routines.  */
+
+#ifndef emacs   /* Emacs never uses this.  */
+/* re_match is like re_match_2 except it takes only a single string.  */
+
+int
+re_match (bufp, string, size, pos, regs)
+     struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+     const char *string;
+     int size, pos;
+     struct re_registers *regs;
+{
+  int result = re_match_2_internal (bufp, NULL, 0, string, size,
+				    pos, regs, size);
+# ifndef REGEX_MALLOC
+#  ifdef C_ALLOCA
+  alloca (0);
+#  endif
+# endif
+  return result;
+}
+# ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_match, re_match)
+# endif
+#endif /* not emacs */
+
+static boolean group_match_null_string_p _RE_ARGS ((unsigned char **p,
+						    unsigned char *end,
+						register_info_type *reg_info));
+static boolean alt_match_null_string_p _RE_ARGS ((unsigned char *p,
+						  unsigned char *end,
+						register_info_type *reg_info));
+static boolean common_op_match_null_string_p _RE_ARGS ((unsigned char **p,
+							unsigned char *end,
+						register_info_type *reg_info));
+static int bcmp_translate _RE_ARGS ((const char *s1, const char *s2,
+				     int len, char *translate));
+
+/* re_match_2 matches the compiled pattern in BUFP against the
+   the (virtual) concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2 (of length SIZE1
+   and SIZE2, respectively).  We start matching at POS, and stop
+   matching at STOP.
+
+   If REGS is non-null and the `no_sub' field of BUFP is nonzero, we
+   store offsets for the substring each group matched in REGS.  See the
+   documentation for exactly how many groups we fill.
+
+   We return -1 if no match, -2 if an internal error (such as the
+   failure stack overflowing).  Otherwise, we return the length of the
+   matched substring.  */
+
+int
+re_match_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop)
+     struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+     const char *string1, *string2;
+     int size1, size2;
+     int pos;
+     struct re_registers *regs;
+     int stop;
+{
+  int result = re_match_2_internal (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2,
+				    pos, regs, stop);
+#ifndef REGEX_MALLOC
+# ifdef C_ALLOCA
+  alloca (0);
+# endif
+#endif
+  return result;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_match_2, re_match_2)
+#endif
+
+/* This is a separate function so that we can force an alloca cleanup
+   afterwards.  */
+static int
+re_match_2_internal (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop)
+     struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+     const char *string1, *string2;
+     int size1, size2;
+     int pos;
+     struct re_registers *regs;
+     int stop;
+{
+  /* General temporaries.  */
+  int mcnt;
+  unsigned char *p1;
+
+  /* Just past the end of the corresponding string.  */
+  const char *end1, *end2;
+
+  /* Pointers into string1 and string2, just past the last characters in
+     each to consider matching.  */
+  const char *end_match_1, *end_match_2;
+
+  /* Where we are in the data, and the end of the current string.  */
+  const char *d, *dend;
+
+  /* Where we are in the pattern, and the end of the pattern.  */
+  unsigned char *p = bufp->buffer;
+  register unsigned char *pend = p + bufp->used;
+
+  /* Mark the opcode just after a start_memory, so we can test for an
+     empty subpattern when we get to the stop_memory.  */
+  unsigned char *just_past_start_mem = 0;
+
+  /* We use this to map every character in the string.  */
+  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate = bufp->translate;
+
+  /* Failure point stack.  Each place that can handle a failure further
+     down the line pushes a failure point on this stack.  It consists of
+     restart, regend, and reg_info for all registers corresponding to
+     the subexpressions we're currently inside, plus the number of such
+     registers, and, finally, two char *'s.  The first char * is where
+     to resume scanning the pattern; the second one is where to resume
+     scanning the strings.  If the latter is zero, the failure point is
+     a ``dummy''; if a failure happens and the failure point is a dummy,
+     it gets discarded and the next next one is tried.  */
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, this is global.  */
+  fail_stack_type fail_stack;
+#endif
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  static unsigned failure_id;
+  unsigned nfailure_points_pushed = 0, nfailure_points_popped = 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef REL_ALLOC
+  /* This holds the pointer to the failure stack, when
+     it is allocated relocatably.  */
+  fail_stack_elt_t *failure_stack_ptr;
+#endif
+
+  /* We fill all the registers internally, independent of what we
+     return, for use in backreferences.  The number here includes
+     an element for register zero.  */
+  size_t num_regs = bufp->re_nsub + 1;
+
+  /* The currently active registers.  */
+  active_reg_t lowest_active_reg = NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG;
+  active_reg_t highest_active_reg = NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG;
+
+  /* Information on the contents of registers. These are pointers into
+     the input strings; they record just what was matched (on this
+     attempt) by a subexpression part of the pattern, that is, the
+     regnum-th regstart pointer points to where in the pattern we began
+     matching and the regnum-th regend points to right after where we
+     stopped matching the regnum-th subexpression.  (The zeroth register
+     keeps track of what the whole pattern matches.)  */
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, these are global.  */
+  const char **regstart, **regend;
+#endif
+
+  /* If a group that's operated upon by a repetition operator fails to
+     match anything, then the register for its start will need to be
+     restored because it will have been set to wherever in the string we
+     are when we last see its open-group operator.  Similarly for a
+     register's end.  */
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, these are global.  */
+  const char **old_regstart, **old_regend;
+#endif
+
+  /* The is_active field of reg_info helps us keep track of which (possibly
+     nested) subexpressions we are currently in. The matched_something
+     field of reg_info[reg_num] helps us tell whether or not we have
+     matched any of the pattern so far this time through the reg_num-th
+     subexpression.  These two fields get reset each time through any
+     loop their register is in.  */
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, this is global.  */
+  register_info_type *reg_info;
+#endif
+
+  /* The following record the register info as found in the above
+     variables when we find a match better than any we've seen before.
+     This happens as we backtrack through the failure points, which in
+     turn happens only if we have not yet matched the entire string. */
+  unsigned best_regs_set = false;
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, these are global.  */
+  const char **best_regstart, **best_regend;
+#endif
+
+  /* Logically, this is `best_regend[0]'.  But we don't want to have to
+     allocate space for that if we're not allocating space for anything
+     else (see below).  Also, we never need info about register 0 for
+     any of the other register vectors, and it seems rather a kludge to
+     treat `best_regend' differently than the rest.  So we keep track of
+     the end of the best match so far in a separate variable.  We
+     initialize this to NULL so that when we backtrack the first time
+     and need to test it, it's not garbage.  */
+  const char *match_end = NULL;
+
+  /* This helps SET_REGS_MATCHED avoid doing redundant work.  */
+  int set_regs_matched_done = 0;
+
+  /* Used when we pop values we don't care about.  */
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, these are global.  */
+  const char **reg_dummy;
+  register_info_type *reg_info_dummy;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  /* Counts the total number of registers pushed.  */
+  unsigned num_regs_pushed = 0;
+#endif
+
+  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\n\nEntering re_match_2.\n");
+
+  INIT_FAIL_STACK ();
+
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+  /* Do not bother to initialize all the register variables if there are
+     no groups in the pattern, as it takes a fair amount of time.  If
+     there are groups, we include space for register 0 (the whole
+     pattern), even though we never use it, since it simplifies the
+     array indexing.  We should fix this.  */
+  if (bufp->re_nsub)
+    {
+      regstart = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *);
+      regend = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *);
+      old_regstart = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *);
+      old_regend = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *);
+      best_regstart = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *);
+      best_regend = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *);
+      reg_info = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, register_info_type);
+      reg_dummy = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *);
+      reg_info_dummy = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, register_info_type);
+
+      if (!(regstart && regend && old_regstart && old_regend && reg_info
+            && best_regstart && best_regend && reg_dummy && reg_info_dummy))
+        {
+          FREE_VARIABLES ();
+          return -2;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We must initialize all our variables to NULL, so that
+         `FREE_VARIABLES' doesn't try to free them.  */
+      regstart = regend = old_regstart = old_regend = best_regstart
+        = best_regend = reg_dummy = NULL;
+      reg_info = reg_info_dummy = (register_info_type *) NULL;
+    }
+#endif /* MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE */
+
+  /* The starting position is bogus.  */
+  if (pos < 0 || pos > size1 + size2)
+    {
+      FREE_VARIABLES ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Initialize subexpression text positions to -1 to mark ones that no
+     start_memory/stop_memory has been seen for. Also initialize the
+     register information struct.  */
+  for (mcnt = 1; (unsigned) mcnt < num_regs; mcnt++)
+    {
+      regstart[mcnt] = regend[mcnt]
+        = old_regstart[mcnt] = old_regend[mcnt] = REG_UNSET_VALUE;
+
+      REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[mcnt]) = MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE;
+      IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[mcnt]) = 0;
+      MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[mcnt]) = 0;
+      EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[mcnt]) = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* We move `string1' into `string2' if the latter's empty -- but not if
+     `string1' is null.  */
+  if (size2 == 0 && string1 != NULL)
+    {
+      string2 = string1;
+      size2 = size1;
+      string1 = 0;
+      size1 = 0;
+    }
+  end1 = string1 + size1;
+  end2 = string2 + size2;
+
+  /* Compute where to stop matching, within the two strings.  */
+  if (stop <= size1)
+    {
+      end_match_1 = string1 + stop;
+      end_match_2 = string2;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      end_match_1 = end1;
+      end_match_2 = string2 + stop - size1;
+    }
+
+  /* `p' scans through the pattern as `d' scans through the data.
+     `dend' is the end of the input string that `d' points within.  `d'
+     is advanced into the following input string whenever necessary, but
+     this happens before fetching; therefore, at the beginning of the
+     loop, `d' can be pointing at the end of a string, but it cannot
+     equal `string2'.  */
+  if (size1 > 0 && pos <= size1)
+    {
+      d = string1 + pos;
+      dend = end_match_1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      d = string2 + pos - size1;
+      dend = end_match_2;
+    }
+
+  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("The compiled pattern is:\n");
+  DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN (bufp, p, pend);
+  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("The string to match is: `");
+  DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING (d, string1, size1, string2, size2);
+  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("'\n");
+
+  /* This loops over pattern commands.  It exits by returning from the
+     function if the match is complete, or it drops through if the match
+     fails at this starting point in the input data.  */
+  for (;;)
+    {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\n%p: ", p);
+#else
+      DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\n0x%x: ", p);
+#endif
+
+      if (p == pend)
+	{ /* End of pattern means we might have succeeded.  */
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("end of pattern ... ");
+
+	  /* If we haven't matched the entire string, and we want the
+             longest match, try backtracking.  */
+          if (d != end_match_2)
+	    {
+	      /* 1 if this match ends in the same string (string1 or string2)
+		 as the best previous match.  */
+	      boolean same_str_p = (FIRST_STRING_P (match_end)
+				    == MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING);
+	      /* 1 if this match is the best seen so far.  */
+	      boolean best_match_p;
+
+	      /* AIX compiler got confused when this was combined
+		 with the previous declaration.  */
+	      if (same_str_p)
+		best_match_p = d > match_end;
+	      else
+		best_match_p = !MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING;
+
+              DEBUG_PRINT1 ("backtracking.\n");
+
+              if (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ())
+                { /* More failure points to try.  */
+
+                  /* If exceeds best match so far, save it.  */
+                  if (!best_regs_set || best_match_p)
+                    {
+                      best_regs_set = true;
+                      match_end = d;
+
+                      DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nSAVING match as best so far.\n");
+
+                      for (mcnt = 1; (unsigned) mcnt < num_regs; mcnt++)
+                        {
+                          best_regstart[mcnt] = regstart[mcnt];
+                          best_regend[mcnt] = regend[mcnt];
+                        }
+                    }
+                  goto fail;
+                }
+
+              /* If no failure points, don't restore garbage.  And if
+                 last match is real best match, don't restore second
+                 best one. */
+              else if (best_regs_set && !best_match_p)
+                {
+  	        restore_best_regs:
+                  /* Restore best match.  It may happen that `dend ==
+                     end_match_1' while the restored d is in string2.
+                     For example, the pattern `x.*y.*z' against the
+                     strings `x-' and `y-z-', if the two strings are
+                     not consecutive in memory.  */
+                  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("Restoring best registers.\n");
+
+                  d = match_end;
+                  dend = ((d >= string1 && d <= end1)
+		           ? end_match_1 : end_match_2);
+
+		  for (mcnt = 1; (unsigned) mcnt < num_regs; mcnt++)
+		    {
+		      regstart[mcnt] = best_regstart[mcnt];
+		      regend[mcnt] = best_regend[mcnt];
+		    }
+                }
+            } /* d != end_match_2 */
+
+	succeed_label:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("Accepting match.\n");
+
+          /* If caller wants register contents data back, do it.  */
+          if (regs && !bufp->no_sub)
+	    {
+              /* Have the register data arrays been allocated?  */
+              if (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_UNALLOCATED)
+                { /* No.  So allocate them with malloc.  We need one
+                     extra element beyond `num_regs' for the `-1' marker
+                     GNU code uses.  */
+                  regs->num_regs = MAX (RE_NREGS, num_regs + 1);
+                  regs->start = TALLOC (regs->num_regs, regoff_t);
+                  regs->end = TALLOC (regs->num_regs, regoff_t);
+                  if (regs->start == NULL || regs->end == NULL)
+		    {
+		      FREE_VARIABLES ();
+		      return -2;
+		    }
+                  bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_REALLOCATE;
+                }
+              else if (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_REALLOCATE)
+                { /* Yes.  If we need more elements than were already
+                     allocated, reallocate them.  If we need fewer, just
+                     leave it alone.  */
+                  if (regs->num_regs < num_regs + 1)
+                    {
+                      regs->num_regs = num_regs + 1;
+                      RETALLOC (regs->start, regs->num_regs, regoff_t);
+                      RETALLOC (regs->end, regs->num_regs, regoff_t);
+                      if (regs->start == NULL || regs->end == NULL)
+			{
+			  FREE_VARIABLES ();
+			  return -2;
+			}
+                    }
+                }
+              else
+		{
+		  /* These braces fend off a "empty body in an else-statement"
+		     warning under GCC when assert expands to nothing.  */
+		  assert (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_FIXED);
+		}
+
+              /* Convert the pointer data in `regstart' and `regend' to
+                 indices.  Register zero has to be set differently,
+                 since we haven't kept track of any info for it.  */
+              if (regs->num_regs > 0)
+                {
+                  regs->start[0] = pos;
+                  regs->end[0] = (MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING
+				  ? ((regoff_t) (d - string1))
+			          : ((regoff_t) (d - string2 + size1)));
+                }
+
+              /* Go through the first `min (num_regs, regs->num_regs)'
+                 registers, since that is all we initialized.  */
+	      for (mcnt = 1; (unsigned) mcnt < MIN (num_regs, regs->num_regs);
+		   mcnt++)
+		{
+                  if (REG_UNSET (regstart[mcnt]) || REG_UNSET (regend[mcnt]))
+                    regs->start[mcnt] = regs->end[mcnt] = -1;
+                  else
+                    {
+		      regs->start[mcnt]
+			= (regoff_t) POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regstart[mcnt]);
+                      regs->end[mcnt]
+			= (regoff_t) POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regend[mcnt]);
+                    }
+		}
+
+              /* If the regs structure we return has more elements than
+                 were in the pattern, set the extra elements to -1.  If
+                 we (re)allocated the registers, this is the case,
+                 because we always allocate enough to have at least one
+                 -1 at the end.  */
+              for (mcnt = num_regs; (unsigned) mcnt < regs->num_regs; mcnt++)
+                regs->start[mcnt] = regs->end[mcnt] = -1;
+	    } /* regs && !bufp->no_sub */
+
+          DEBUG_PRINT4 ("%u failure points pushed, %u popped (%u remain).\n",
+                        nfailure_points_pushed, nfailure_points_popped,
+                        nfailure_points_pushed - nfailure_points_popped);
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("%u registers pushed.\n", num_regs_pushed);
+
+          mcnt = d - pos - (MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING
+			    ? string1
+			    : string2 - size1);
+
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("Returning %d from re_match_2.\n", mcnt);
+
+          FREE_VARIABLES ();
+          return mcnt;
+        }
+
+      /* Otherwise match next pattern command.  */
+      switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST ((re_opcode_t) *p++))
+	{
+        /* Ignore these.  Used to ignore the n of succeed_n's which
+           currently have n == 0.  */
+        case no_op:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING no_op.\n");
+          break;
+
+	case succeed:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING succeed.\n");
+	  goto succeed_label;
+
+        /* Match the next n pattern characters exactly.  The following
+           byte in the pattern defines n, and the n bytes after that
+           are the characters to match.  */
+	case exactn:
+	  mcnt = *p++;
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING exactn %d.\n", mcnt);
+
+          /* This is written out as an if-else so we don't waste time
+             testing `translate' inside the loop.  */
+          if (translate)
+	    {
+	      do
+		{
+		  PREFETCH ();
+		  if ((unsigned char) translate[(unsigned char) *d++]
+		      != (unsigned char) *p++)
+                    goto fail;
+		}
+	      while (--mcnt);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      do
+		{
+		  PREFETCH ();
+		  if (*d++ != (char) *p++) goto fail;
+		}
+	      while (--mcnt);
+	    }
+	  SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+          break;
+
+
+        /* Match any character except possibly a newline or a null.  */
+	case anychar:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING anychar.\n");
+
+          PREFETCH ();
+
+          if ((!(bufp->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE) && TRANSLATE (*d) == '\n')
+              || (bufp->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL && TRANSLATE (*d) == '\000'))
+	    goto fail;
+
+          SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Matched `%d'.\n", *d);
+          d++;
+	  break;
+
+
+	case charset:
+	case charset_not:
+	  {
+	    register unsigned char c;
+	    boolean not = (re_opcode_t) *(p - 1) == charset_not;
+
+            DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING charset%s.\n", not ? "_not" : "");
+
+	    PREFETCH ();
+	    c = TRANSLATE (*d); /* The character to match.  */
+
+            /* Cast to `unsigned' instead of `unsigned char' in case the
+               bit list is a full 32 bytes long.  */
+	    if (c < (unsigned) (*p * BYTEWIDTH)
+		&& p[1 + c / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (c % BYTEWIDTH)))
+	      not = !not;
+
+	    p += 1 + *p;
+
+	    if (!not) goto fail;
+
+	    SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+            d++;
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+
+        /* The beginning of a group is represented by start_memory.
+           The arguments are the register number in the next byte, and the
+           number of groups inner to this one in the next.  The text
+           matched within the group is recorded (in the internal
+           registers data structure) under the register number.  */
+        case start_memory:
+	  DEBUG_PRINT3 ("EXECUTING start_memory %d (%d):\n", *p, p[1]);
+
+          /* Find out if this group can match the empty string.  */
+	  p1 = p;		/* To send to group_match_null_string_p.  */
+
+          if (REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p]) == MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE)
+            REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p])
+              = group_match_null_string_p (&p1, pend, reg_info);
+
+          /* Save the position in the string where we were the last time
+             we were at this open-group operator in case the group is
+             operated upon by a repetition operator, e.g., with `(a*)*b'
+             against `ab'; then we want to ignore where we are now in
+             the string in case this attempt to match fails.  */
+          old_regstart[*p] = REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p])
+                             ? REG_UNSET (regstart[*p]) ? d : regstart[*p]
+                             : regstart[*p];
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  old_regstart: %d\n",
+			 POINTER_TO_OFFSET (old_regstart[*p]));
+
+          regstart[*p] = d;
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  regstart: %d\n", POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regstart[*p]));
+
+          IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[*p]) = 1;
+          MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p]) = 0;
+
+	  /* Clear this whenever we change the register activity status.  */
+	  set_regs_matched_done = 0;
+
+          /* This is the new highest active register.  */
+          highest_active_reg = *p;
+
+          /* If nothing was active before, this is the new lowest active
+             register.  */
+          if (lowest_active_reg == NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG)
+            lowest_active_reg = *p;
+
+          /* Move past the register number and inner group count.  */
+          p += 2;
+	  just_past_start_mem = p;
+
+          break;
+
+
+        /* The stop_memory opcode represents the end of a group.  Its
+           arguments are the same as start_memory's: the register
+           number, and the number of inner groups.  */
+	case stop_memory:
+	  DEBUG_PRINT3 ("EXECUTING stop_memory %d (%d):\n", *p, p[1]);
+
+          /* We need to save the string position the last time we were at
+             this close-group operator in case the group is operated
+             upon by a repetition operator, e.g., with `((a*)*(b*)*)*'
+             against `aba'; then we want to ignore where we are now in
+             the string in case this attempt to match fails.  */
+          old_regend[*p] = REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p])
+                           ? REG_UNSET (regend[*p]) ? d : regend[*p]
+			   : regend[*p];
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("      old_regend: %d\n",
+			 POINTER_TO_OFFSET (old_regend[*p]));
+
+          regend[*p] = d;
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("      regend: %d\n", POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regend[*p]));
+
+          /* This register isn't active anymore.  */
+          IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[*p]) = 0;
+
+	  /* Clear this whenever we change the register activity status.  */
+	  set_regs_matched_done = 0;
+
+          /* If this was the only register active, nothing is active
+             anymore.  */
+          if (lowest_active_reg == highest_active_reg)
+            {
+              lowest_active_reg = NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG;
+              highest_active_reg = NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG;
+            }
+          else
+            { /* We must scan for the new highest active register, since
+                 it isn't necessarily one less than now: consider
+                 (a(b)c(d(e)f)g).  When group 3 ends, after the f), the
+                 new highest active register is 1.  */
+              unsigned char r = *p - 1;
+              while (r > 0 && !IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[r]))
+                r--;
+
+              /* If we end up at register zero, that means that we saved
+                 the registers as the result of an `on_failure_jump', not
+                 a `start_memory', and we jumped to past the innermost
+                 `stop_memory'.  For example, in ((.)*) we save
+                 registers 1 and 2 as a result of the *, but when we pop
+                 back to the second ), we are at the stop_memory 1.
+                 Thus, nothing is active.  */
+	      if (r == 0)
+                {
+                  lowest_active_reg = NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG;
+                  highest_active_reg = NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG;
+                }
+              else
+                highest_active_reg = r;
+            }
+
+          /* If just failed to match something this time around with a
+             group that's operated on by a repetition operator, try to
+             force exit from the ``loop'', and restore the register
+             information for this group that we had before trying this
+             last match.  */
+          if ((!MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p])
+               || just_past_start_mem == p - 1)
+	      && (p + 2) < pend)
+            {
+              boolean is_a_jump_n = false;
+
+              p1 = p + 2;
+              mcnt = 0;
+              switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1++)
+                {
+                  case jump_n:
+		    is_a_jump_n = true;
+                  case pop_failure_jump:
+		  case maybe_pop_jump:
+		  case jump:
+		  case dummy_failure_jump:
+                    EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+		    if (is_a_jump_n)
+		      p1 += 2;
+                    break;
+
+                  default:
+                    /* do nothing */ ;
+                }
+	      p1 += mcnt;
+
+              /* If the next operation is a jump backwards in the pattern
+	         to an on_failure_jump right before the start_memory
+                 corresponding to this stop_memory, exit from the loop
+                 by forcing a failure after pushing on the stack the
+                 on_failure_jump's jump in the pattern, and d.  */
+              if (mcnt < 0 && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == on_failure_jump
+                  && (re_opcode_t) p1[3] == start_memory && p1[4] == *p)
+		{
+                  /* If this group ever matched anything, then restore
+                     what its registers were before trying this last
+                     failed match, e.g., with `(a*)*b' against `ab' for
+                     regstart[1], and, e.g., with `((a*)*(b*)*)*'
+                     against `aba' for regend[3].
+
+                     Also restore the registers for inner groups for,
+                     e.g., `((a*)(b*))*' against `aba' (register 3 would
+                     otherwise get trashed).  */
+
+                  if (EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p]))
+		    {
+		      unsigned r;
+
+                      EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p]) = 0;
+
+		      /* Restore this and inner groups' (if any) registers.  */
+                      for (r = *p; r < (unsigned) *p + (unsigned) *(p + 1);
+			   r++)
+                        {
+                          regstart[r] = old_regstart[r];
+
+                          /* xx why this test?  */
+                          if (old_regend[r] >= regstart[r])
+                            regend[r] = old_regend[r];
+                        }
+                    }
+		  p1++;
+                  EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+                  PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (p1 + mcnt, d, -2);
+
+                  goto fail;
+                }
+            }
+
+          /* Move past the register number and the inner group count.  */
+          p += 2;
+          break;
+
+
+	/* \<digit> has been turned into a `duplicate' command which is
+           followed by the numeric value of <digit> as the register number.  */
+        case duplicate:
+	  {
+	    register const char *d2, *dend2;
+	    int regno = *p++;   /* Get which register to match against.  */
+	    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING duplicate %d.\n", regno);
+
+	    /* Can't back reference a group which we've never matched.  */
+            if (REG_UNSET (regstart[regno]) || REG_UNSET (regend[regno]))
+              goto fail;
+
+            /* Where in input to try to start matching.  */
+            d2 = regstart[regno];
+
+            /* Where to stop matching; if both the place to start and
+               the place to stop matching are in the same string, then
+               set to the place to stop, otherwise, for now have to use
+               the end of the first string.  */
+
+            dend2 = ((FIRST_STRING_P (regstart[regno])
+		      == FIRST_STRING_P (regend[regno]))
+		     ? regend[regno] : end_match_1);
+	    for (;;)
+	      {
+		/* If necessary, advance to next segment in register
+                   contents.  */
+		while (d2 == dend2)
+		  {
+		    if (dend2 == end_match_2) break;
+		    if (dend2 == regend[regno]) break;
+
+                    /* End of string1 => advance to string2. */
+                    d2 = string2;
+                    dend2 = regend[regno];
+		  }
+		/* At end of register contents => success */
+		if (d2 == dend2) break;
+
+		/* If necessary, advance to next segment in data.  */
+		PREFETCH ();
+
+		/* How many characters left in this segment to match.  */
+		mcnt = dend - d;
+
+		/* Want how many consecutive characters we can match in
+                   one shot, so, if necessary, adjust the count.  */
+                if (mcnt > dend2 - d2)
+		  mcnt = dend2 - d2;
+
+		/* Compare that many; failure if mismatch, else move
+                   past them.  */
+		if (translate
+                    ? bcmp_translate (d, d2, mcnt, translate)
+                    : memcmp (d, d2, mcnt))
+		  goto fail;
+		d += mcnt, d2 += mcnt;
+
+		/* Do this because we've match some characters.  */
+		SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+	      }
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+
+        /* begline matches the empty string at the beginning of the string
+           (unless `not_bol' is set in `bufp'), and, if
+           `newline_anchor' is set, after newlines.  */
+	case begline:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING begline.\n");
+
+          if (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d))
+            {
+              if (!bufp->not_bol) break;
+            }
+          else if (d[-1] == '\n' && bufp->newline_anchor)
+            {
+              break;
+            }
+          /* In all other cases, we fail.  */
+          goto fail;
+
+
+        /* endline is the dual of begline.  */
+	case endline:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING endline.\n");
+
+          if (AT_STRINGS_END (d))
+            {
+              if (!bufp->not_eol) break;
+            }
+
+          /* We have to ``prefetch'' the next character.  */
+          else if ((d == end1 ? *string2 : *d) == '\n'
+                   && bufp->newline_anchor)
+            {
+              break;
+            }
+          goto fail;
+
+
+	/* Match at the very beginning of the data.  */
+        case begbuf:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING begbuf.\n");
+          if (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d))
+            break;
+          goto fail;
+
+
+	/* Match at the very end of the data.  */
+        case endbuf:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING endbuf.\n");
+	  if (AT_STRINGS_END (d))
+	    break;
+          goto fail;
+
+
+        /* on_failure_keep_string_jump is used to optimize `.*\n'.  It
+           pushes NULL as the value for the string on the stack.  Then
+           `pop_failure_point' will keep the current value for the
+           string, instead of restoring it.  To see why, consider
+           matching `foo\nbar' against `.*\n'.  The .* matches the foo;
+           then the . fails against the \n.  But the next thing we want
+           to do is match the \n against the \n; if we restored the
+           string value, we would be back at the foo.
+
+           Because this is used only in specific cases, we don't need to
+           check all the things that `on_failure_jump' does, to make
+           sure the right things get saved on the stack.  Hence we don't
+           share its code.  The only reason to push anything on the
+           stack at all is that otherwise we would have to change
+           `anychar's code to do something besides goto fail in this
+           case; that seems worse than this.  */
+        case on_failure_keep_string_jump:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING on_failure_keep_string_jump");
+
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+          DEBUG_PRINT3 (" %d (to %p):\n", mcnt, p + mcnt);
+#else
+          DEBUG_PRINT3 (" %d (to 0x%x):\n", mcnt, p + mcnt);
+#endif
+
+          PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (p + mcnt, NULL, -2);
+          break;
+
+
+	/* Uses of on_failure_jump:
+
+           Each alternative starts with an on_failure_jump that points
+           to the beginning of the next alternative.  Each alternative
+           except the last ends with a jump that in effect jumps past
+           the rest of the alternatives.  (They really jump to the
+           ending jump of the following alternative, because tensioning
+           these jumps is a hassle.)
+
+           Repeats start with an on_failure_jump that points past both
+           the repetition text and either the following jump or
+           pop_failure_jump back to this on_failure_jump.  */
+	case on_failure_jump:
+        on_failure:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING on_failure_jump");
+
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+          DEBUG_PRINT3 (" %d (to %p)", mcnt, p + mcnt);
+#else
+          DEBUG_PRINT3 (" %d (to 0x%x)", mcnt, p + mcnt);
+#endif
+
+          /* If this on_failure_jump comes right before a group (i.e.,
+             the original * applied to a group), save the information
+             for that group and all inner ones, so that if we fail back
+             to this point, the group's information will be correct.
+             For example, in \(a*\)*\1, we need the preceding group,
+             and in \(zz\(a*\)b*\)\2, we need the inner group.  */
+
+          /* We can't use `p' to check ahead because we push
+             a failure point to `p + mcnt' after we do this.  */
+          p1 = p;
+
+          /* We need to skip no_op's before we look for the
+             start_memory in case this on_failure_jump is happening as
+             the result of a completed succeed_n, as in \(a\)\{1,3\}b\1
+             against aba.  */
+          while (p1 < pend && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == no_op)
+            p1++;
+
+          if (p1 < pend && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == start_memory)
+            {
+              /* We have a new highest active register now.  This will
+                 get reset at the start_memory we are about to get to,
+                 but we will have saved all the registers relevant to
+                 this repetition op, as described above.  */
+              highest_active_reg = *(p1 + 1) + *(p1 + 2);
+              if (lowest_active_reg == NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG)
+                lowest_active_reg = *(p1 + 1);
+            }
+
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 (":\n");
+          PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (p + mcnt, d, -2);
+          break;
+
+
+        /* A smart repeat ends with `maybe_pop_jump'.
+	   We change it to either `pop_failure_jump' or `jump'.  */
+        case maybe_pop_jump:
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p);
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING maybe_pop_jump %d.\n", mcnt);
+          {
+	    register unsigned char *p2 = p;
+
+            /* Compare the beginning of the repeat with what in the
+               pattern follows its end. If we can establish that there
+               is nothing that they would both match, i.e., that we
+               would have to backtrack because of (as in, e.g., `a*a')
+               then we can change to pop_failure_jump, because we'll
+               never have to backtrack.
+
+               This is not true in the case of alternatives: in
+               `(a|ab)*' we do need to backtrack to the `ab' alternative
+               (e.g., if the string was `ab').  But instead of trying to
+               detect that here, the alternative has put on a dummy
+               failure point which is what we will end up popping.  */
+
+	    /* Skip over open/close-group commands.
+	       If what follows this loop is a ...+ construct,
+	       look at what begins its body, since we will have to
+	       match at least one of that.  */
+	    while (1)
+	      {
+		if (p2 + 2 < pend
+		    && ((re_opcode_t) *p2 == stop_memory
+			|| (re_opcode_t) *p2 == start_memory))
+		  p2 += 3;
+		else if (p2 + 6 < pend
+			 && (re_opcode_t) *p2 == dummy_failure_jump)
+		  p2 += 6;
+		else
+		  break;
+	      }
+
+	    p1 = p + mcnt;
+	    /* p1[0] ... p1[2] are the `on_failure_jump' corresponding
+	       to the `maybe_finalize_jump' of this case.  Examine what
+	       follows.  */
+
+            /* If we're at the end of the pattern, we can change.  */
+            if (p2 == pend)
+	      {
+		/* Consider what happens when matching ":\(.*\)"
+		   against ":/".  I don't really understand this code
+		   yet.  */
+  	        p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump;
+                DEBUG_PRINT1
+                  ("  End of pattern: change to `pop_failure_jump'.\n");
+              }
+
+            else if ((re_opcode_t) *p2 == exactn
+		     || (bufp->newline_anchor && (re_opcode_t) *p2 == endline))
+	      {
+		register unsigned char c
+                  = *p2 == (unsigned char) endline ? '\n' : p2[2];
+
+                if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == exactn && p1[5] != c)
+                  {
+  		    p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump;
+                    DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  %c != %c => pop_failure_jump.\n",
+                                  c, p1[5]);
+                  }
+
+		else if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset
+			 || (re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset_not)
+		  {
+		    int not = (re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset_not;
+
+		    if (c < (unsigned char) (p1[4] * BYTEWIDTH)
+			&& p1[5 + c / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (c % BYTEWIDTH)))
+		      not = !not;
+
+                    /* `not' is equal to 1 if c would match, which means
+                        that we can't change to pop_failure_jump.  */
+		    if (!not)
+                      {
+  		        p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump;
+                        DEBUG_PRINT1 ("  No match => pop_failure_jump.\n");
+                      }
+		  }
+	      }
+            else if ((re_opcode_t) *p2 == charset)
+	      {
+		/* We win if the first character of the loop is not part
+                   of the charset.  */
+                if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == exactn
+ 		    && ! ((int) p2[1] * BYTEWIDTH > (int) p1[5]
+ 			  && (p2[2 + p1[5] / BYTEWIDTH]
+ 			      & (1 << (p1[5] % BYTEWIDTH)))))
+		  {
+		    p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump;
+		    DEBUG_PRINT1 ("  No match => pop_failure_jump.\n");
+                  }
+
+		else if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset_not)
+		  {
+		    int idx;
+		    /* We win if the charset_not inside the loop
+		       lists every character listed in the charset after.  */
+		    for (idx = 0; idx < (int) p2[1]; idx++)
+		      if (! (p2[2 + idx] == 0
+			     || (idx < (int) p1[4]
+				 && ((p2[2 + idx] & ~ p1[5 + idx]) == 0))))
+			break;
+
+		    if (idx == p2[1])
+                      {
+  		        p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump;
+                        DEBUG_PRINT1 ("  No match => pop_failure_jump.\n");
+                      }
+		  }
+		else if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset)
+		  {
+		    int idx;
+		    /* We win if the charset inside the loop
+		       has no overlap with the one after the loop.  */
+		    for (idx = 0;
+			 idx < (int) p2[1] && idx < (int) p1[4];
+			 idx++)
+		      if ((p2[2 + idx] & p1[5 + idx]) != 0)
+			break;
+
+		    if (idx == p2[1] || idx == p1[4])
+                      {
+  		        p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump;
+                        DEBUG_PRINT1 ("  No match => pop_failure_jump.\n");
+                      }
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+	  p -= 2;		/* Point at relative address again.  */
+	  if ((re_opcode_t) p[-1] != pop_failure_jump)
+	    {
+	      p[-1] = (unsigned char) jump;
+              DEBUG_PRINT1 ("  Match => jump.\n");
+	      goto unconditional_jump;
+	    }
+        /* Note fall through.  */
+
+
+	/* The end of a simple repeat has a pop_failure_jump back to
+           its matching on_failure_jump, where the latter will push a
+           failure point.  The pop_failure_jump takes off failure
+           points put on by this pop_failure_jump's matching
+           on_failure_jump; we got through the pattern to here from the
+           matching on_failure_jump, so didn't fail.  */
+        case pop_failure_jump:
+          {
+            /* We need to pass separate storage for the lowest and
+               highest registers, even though we don't care about the
+               actual values.  Otherwise, we will restore only one
+               register from the stack, since lowest will == highest in
+               `pop_failure_point'.  */
+            active_reg_t dummy_low_reg, dummy_high_reg;
+            unsigned char *pdummy;
+            const char *sdummy;
+
+            DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING pop_failure_jump.\n");
+            POP_FAILURE_POINT (sdummy, pdummy,
+                               dummy_low_reg, dummy_high_reg,
+                               reg_dummy, reg_dummy, reg_info_dummy);
+          }
+	  /* Note fall through.  */
+
+	unconditional_jump:
+#ifdef _LIBC
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\n%p: ", p);
+#else
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\n0x%x: ", p);
+#endif
+          /* Note fall through.  */
+
+        /* Unconditionally jump (without popping any failure points).  */
+        case jump:
+	  EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p);	/* Get the amount to jump.  */
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING jump %d ", mcnt);
+	  p += mcnt;				/* Do the jump.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("(to %p).\n", p);
+#else
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("(to 0x%x).\n", p);
+#endif
+	  break;
+
+
+        /* We need this opcode so we can detect where alternatives end
+           in `group_match_null_string_p' et al.  */
+        case jump_past_alt:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING jump_past_alt.\n");
+          goto unconditional_jump;
+
+
+        /* Normally, the on_failure_jump pushes a failure point, which
+           then gets popped at pop_failure_jump.  We will end up at
+           pop_failure_jump, also, and with a pattern of, say, `a+', we
+           are skipping over the on_failure_jump, so we have to push
+           something meaningless for pop_failure_jump to pop.  */
+        case dummy_failure_jump:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING dummy_failure_jump.\n");
+          /* It doesn't matter what we push for the string here.  What
+             the code at `fail' tests is the value for the pattern.  */
+          PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (NULL, NULL, -2);
+          goto unconditional_jump;
+
+
+        /* At the end of an alternative, we need to push a dummy failure
+           point in case we are followed by a `pop_failure_jump', because
+           we don't want the failure point for the alternative to be
+           popped.  For example, matching `(a|ab)*' against `aab'
+           requires that we match the `ab' alternative.  */
+        case push_dummy_failure:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING push_dummy_failure.\n");
+          /* See comments just above at `dummy_failure_jump' about the
+             two zeroes.  */
+          PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (NULL, NULL, -2);
+          break;
+
+        /* Have to succeed matching what follows at least n times.
+           After that, handle like `on_failure_jump'.  */
+        case succeed_n:
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER (mcnt, p + 2);
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING succeed_n %d.\n", mcnt);
+
+          assert (mcnt >= 0);
+          /* Originally, this is how many times we HAVE to succeed.  */
+          if (mcnt > 0)
+            {
+               mcnt--;
+	       p += 2;
+               STORE_NUMBER_AND_INCR (p, mcnt);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+               DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  Setting %p to %d.\n", p - 2, mcnt);
+#else
+               DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  Setting 0x%x to %d.\n", p - 2, mcnt);
+#endif
+            }
+	  else if (mcnt == 0)
+            {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+              DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Setting two bytes from %p to no_op.\n", p+2);
+#else
+              DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Setting two bytes from 0x%x to no_op.\n", p+2);
+#endif
+	      p[2] = (unsigned char) no_op;
+              p[3] = (unsigned char) no_op;
+              goto on_failure;
+            }
+          break;
+
+        case jump_n:
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER (mcnt, p + 2);
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING jump_n %d.\n", mcnt);
+
+          /* Originally, this is how many times we CAN jump.  */
+          if (mcnt)
+            {
+               mcnt--;
+               STORE_NUMBER (p + 2, mcnt);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+               DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  Setting %p to %d.\n", p + 2, mcnt);
+#else
+               DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  Setting 0x%x to %d.\n", p + 2, mcnt);
+#endif
+	       goto unconditional_jump;
+            }
+          /* If don't have to jump any more, skip over the rest of command.  */
+	  else
+	    p += 4;
+          break;
+
+	case set_number_at:
+	  {
+            DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING set_number_at.\n");
+
+            EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p);
+            p1 = p + mcnt;
+            EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+            DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  Setting %p to %d.\n", p1, mcnt);
+#else
+            DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  Setting 0x%x to %d.\n", p1, mcnt);
+#endif
+	    STORE_NUMBER (p1, mcnt);
+            break;
+          }
+
+#if 0
+	/* The DEC Alpha C compiler 3.x generates incorrect code for the
+	   test  WORDCHAR_P (d - 1) != WORDCHAR_P (d)  in the expansion of
+	   AT_WORD_BOUNDARY, so this code is disabled.  Expanding the
+	   macro and introducing temporary variables works around the bug.  */
+
+	case wordbound:
+	  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING wordbound.\n");
+	  if (AT_WORD_BOUNDARY (d))
+	    break;
+	  goto fail;
+
+	case notwordbound:
+	  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING notwordbound.\n");
+	  if (AT_WORD_BOUNDARY (d))
+	    goto fail;
+	  break;
+#else
+	case wordbound:
+	{
+	  boolean prevchar, thischar;
+
+	  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING wordbound.\n");
+	  if (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) || AT_STRINGS_END (d))
+	    break;
+
+	  prevchar = WORDCHAR_P (d - 1);
+	  thischar = WORDCHAR_P (d);
+	  if (prevchar != thischar)
+	    break;
+	  goto fail;
+	}
+
+      case notwordbound:
+	{
+	  boolean prevchar, thischar;
+
+	  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING notwordbound.\n");
+	  if (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) || AT_STRINGS_END (d))
+	    goto fail;
+
+	  prevchar = WORDCHAR_P (d - 1);
+	  thischar = WORDCHAR_P (d);
+	  if (prevchar != thischar)
+	    goto fail;
+	  break;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	case wordbeg:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING wordbeg.\n");
+	  if (WORDCHAR_P (d) && (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) || !WORDCHAR_P (d - 1)))
+	    break;
+          goto fail;
+
+	case wordend:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING wordend.\n");
+	  if (!AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) && WORDCHAR_P (d - 1)
+              && (!WORDCHAR_P (d) || AT_STRINGS_END (d)))
+	    break;
+          goto fail;
+
+#ifdef emacs
+  	case before_dot:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING before_dot.\n");
+ 	  if (PTR_CHAR_POS ((unsigned char *) d) >= point)
+  	    goto fail;
+  	  break;
+
+  	case at_dot:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING at_dot.\n");
+ 	  if (PTR_CHAR_POS ((unsigned char *) d) != point)
+  	    goto fail;
+  	  break;
+
+  	case after_dot:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING after_dot.\n");
+          if (PTR_CHAR_POS ((unsigned char *) d) <= point)
+  	    goto fail;
+  	  break;
+
+	case syntaxspec:
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING syntaxspec %d.\n", mcnt);
+	  mcnt = *p++;
+	  goto matchsyntax;
+
+        case wordchar:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING Emacs wordchar.\n");
+	  mcnt = (int) Sword;
+        matchsyntax:
+	  PREFETCH ();
+	  /* Can't use *d++ here; SYNTAX may be an unsafe macro.  */
+	  d++;
+	  if (SYNTAX (d[-1]) != (enum syntaxcode) mcnt)
+	    goto fail;
+          SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+	  break;
+
+	case notsyntaxspec:
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING notsyntaxspec %d.\n", mcnt);
+	  mcnt = *p++;
+	  goto matchnotsyntax;
+
+        case notwordchar:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING Emacs notwordchar.\n");
+	  mcnt = (int) Sword;
+        matchnotsyntax:
+	  PREFETCH ();
+	  /* Can't use *d++ here; SYNTAX may be an unsafe macro.  */
+	  d++;
+	  if (SYNTAX (d[-1]) == (enum syntaxcode) mcnt)
+	    goto fail;
+	  SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+          break;
+
+#else /* not emacs */
+	case wordchar:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING non-Emacs wordchar.\n");
+	  PREFETCH ();
+          if (!WORDCHAR_P (d))
+            goto fail;
+	  SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+          d++;
+	  break;
+
+	case notwordchar:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING non-Emacs notwordchar.\n");
+	  PREFETCH ();
+	  if (WORDCHAR_P (d))
+            goto fail;
+          SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+          d++;
+	  break;
+#endif /* not emacs */
+
+        default:
+          abort ();
+	}
+      continue;  /* Successfully executed one pattern command; keep going.  */
+
+
+    /* We goto here if a matching operation fails. */
+    fail:
+      if (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ())
+	{ /* A restart point is known.  Restore to that state.  */
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nFAIL:\n");
+          POP_FAILURE_POINT (d, p,
+                             lowest_active_reg, highest_active_reg,
+                             regstart, regend, reg_info);
+
+          /* If this failure point is a dummy, try the next one.  */
+          if (!p)
+	    goto fail;
+
+          /* If we failed to the end of the pattern, don't examine *p.  */
+	  assert (p <= pend);
+          if (p < pend)
+            {
+              boolean is_a_jump_n = false;
+
+              /* If failed to a backwards jump that's part of a repetition
+                 loop, need to pop this failure point and use the next one.  */
+              switch ((re_opcode_t) *p)
+                {
+                case jump_n:
+                  is_a_jump_n = true;
+                case maybe_pop_jump:
+                case pop_failure_jump:
+                case jump:
+                  p1 = p + 1;
+                  EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+                  p1 += mcnt;
+
+                  if ((is_a_jump_n && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == succeed_n)
+                      || (!is_a_jump_n
+                          && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == on_failure_jump))
+                    goto fail;
+                  break;
+                default:
+                  /* do nothing */ ;
+                }
+            }
+
+          if (d >= string1 && d <= end1)
+	    dend = end_match_1;
+        }
+      else
+        break;   /* Matching at this starting point really fails.  */
+    } /* for (;;) */
+
+  if (best_regs_set)
+    goto restore_best_regs;
+
+  FREE_VARIABLES ();
+
+  return -1;         			/* Failure to match.  */
+} /* re_match_2 */
+
+/* Subroutine definitions for re_match_2.  */
+
+
+/* We are passed P pointing to a register number after a start_memory.
+
+   Return true if the pattern up to the corresponding stop_memory can
+   match the empty string, and false otherwise.
+
+   If we find the matching stop_memory, sets P to point to one past its number.
+   Otherwise, sets P to an undefined byte less than or equal to END.
+
+   We don't handle duplicates properly (yet).  */
+
+static boolean
+group_match_null_string_p (p, end, reg_info)
+    unsigned char **p, *end;
+    register_info_type *reg_info;
+{
+  int mcnt;
+  /* Point to after the args to the start_memory.  */
+  unsigned char *p1 = *p + 2;
+
+  while (p1 < end)
+    {
+      /* Skip over opcodes that can match nothing, and return true or
+	 false, as appropriate, when we get to one that can't, or to the
+         matching stop_memory.  */
+
+      switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1)
+        {
+        /* Could be either a loop or a series of alternatives.  */
+        case on_failure_jump:
+          p1++;
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+
+          /* If the next operation is not a jump backwards in the
+	     pattern.  */
+
+	  if (mcnt >= 0)
+	    {
+              /* Go through the on_failure_jumps of the alternatives,
+                 seeing if any of the alternatives cannot match nothing.
+                 The last alternative starts with only a jump,
+                 whereas the rest start with on_failure_jump and end
+                 with a jump, e.g., here is the pattern for `a|b|c':
+
+                 /on_failure_jump/0/6/exactn/1/a/jump_past_alt/0/6
+                 /on_failure_jump/0/6/exactn/1/b/jump_past_alt/0/3
+                 /exactn/1/c
+
+                 So, we have to first go through the first (n-1)
+                 alternatives and then deal with the last one separately.  */
+
+
+              /* Deal with the first (n-1) alternatives, which start
+                 with an on_failure_jump (see above) that jumps to right
+                 past a jump_past_alt.  */
+
+              while ((re_opcode_t) p1[mcnt-3] == jump_past_alt)
+                {
+                  /* `mcnt' holds how many bytes long the alternative
+                     is, including the ending `jump_past_alt' and
+                     its number.  */
+
+                  if (!alt_match_null_string_p (p1, p1 + mcnt - 3,
+				                      reg_info))
+                    return false;
+
+                  /* Move to right after this alternative, including the
+		     jump_past_alt.  */
+                  p1 += mcnt;
+
+                  /* Break if it's the beginning of an n-th alternative
+                     that doesn't begin with an on_failure_jump.  */
+                  if ((re_opcode_t) *p1 != on_failure_jump)
+                    break;
+
+		  /* Still have to check that it's not an n-th
+		     alternative that starts with an on_failure_jump.  */
+		  p1++;
+                  EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+                  if ((re_opcode_t) p1[mcnt-3] != jump_past_alt)
+                    {
+		      /* Get to the beginning of the n-th alternative.  */
+                      p1 -= 3;
+                      break;
+                    }
+                }
+
+              /* Deal with the last alternative: go back and get number
+                 of the `jump_past_alt' just before it.  `mcnt' contains
+                 the length of the alternative.  */
+              EXTRACT_NUMBER (mcnt, p1 - 2);
+
+              if (!alt_match_null_string_p (p1, p1 + mcnt, reg_info))
+                return false;
+
+              p1 += mcnt;	/* Get past the n-th alternative.  */
+            } /* if mcnt > 0 */
+          break;
+
+
+        case stop_memory:
+	  assert (p1[1] == **p);
+          *p = p1 + 2;
+          return true;
+
+
+        default:
+          if (!common_op_match_null_string_p (&p1, end, reg_info))
+            return false;
+        }
+    } /* while p1 < end */
+
+  return false;
+} /* group_match_null_string_p */
+
+
+/* Similar to group_match_null_string_p, but doesn't deal with alternatives:
+   It expects P to be the first byte of a single alternative and END one
+   byte past the last. The alternative can contain groups.  */
+
+static boolean
+alt_match_null_string_p (p, end, reg_info)
+    unsigned char *p, *end;
+    register_info_type *reg_info;
+{
+  int mcnt;
+  unsigned char *p1 = p;
+
+  while (p1 < end)
+    {
+      /* Skip over opcodes that can match nothing, and break when we get
+         to one that can't.  */
+
+      switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1)
+        {
+	/* It's a loop.  */
+        case on_failure_jump:
+          p1++;
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+          p1 += mcnt;
+          break;
+
+	default:
+          if (!common_op_match_null_string_p (&p1, end, reg_info))
+            return false;
+        }
+    }  /* while p1 < end */
+
+  return true;
+} /* alt_match_null_string_p */
+
+
+/* Deals with the ops common to group_match_null_string_p and
+   alt_match_null_string_p.
+
+   Sets P to one after the op and its arguments, if any.  */
+
+static boolean
+common_op_match_null_string_p (p, end, reg_info)
+    unsigned char **p, *end;
+    register_info_type *reg_info;
+{
+  int mcnt;
+  boolean ret;
+  int reg_no;
+  unsigned char *p1 = *p;
+
+  switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1++)
+    {
+    case no_op:
+    case begline:
+    case endline:
+    case begbuf:
+    case endbuf:
+    case wordbeg:
+    case wordend:
+    case wordbound:
+    case notwordbound:
+#ifdef emacs
+    case before_dot:
+    case at_dot:
+    case after_dot:
+#endif
+      break;
+
+    case start_memory:
+      reg_no = *p1;
+      assert (reg_no > 0 && reg_no <= MAX_REGNUM);
+      ret = group_match_null_string_p (&p1, end, reg_info);
+
+      /* Have to set this here in case we're checking a group which
+         contains a group and a back reference to it.  */
+
+      if (REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[reg_no]) == MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE)
+        REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[reg_no]) = ret;
+
+      if (!ret)
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+    /* If this is an optimized succeed_n for zero times, make the jump.  */
+    case jump:
+      EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+      if (mcnt >= 0)
+        p1 += mcnt;
+      else
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+    case succeed_n:
+      /* Get to the number of times to succeed.  */
+      p1 += 2;
+      EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+
+      if (mcnt == 0)
+        {
+          p1 -= 4;
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+          p1 += mcnt;
+        }
+      else
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+    case duplicate:
+      if (!REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p1]))
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+    case set_number_at:
+      p1 += 4;
+
+    default:
+      /* All other opcodes mean we cannot match the empty string.  */
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  *p = p1;
+  return true;
+} /* common_op_match_null_string_p */
+
+
+/* Return zero if TRANSLATE[S1] and TRANSLATE[S2] are identical for LEN
+   bytes; nonzero otherwise.  */
+
+static int
+bcmp_translate (s1, s2, len, translate)
+     const char *s1, *s2;
+     register int len;
+     RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate;
+{
+  register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  while (len)
+    {
+      if (translate[*p1++] != translate[*p2++]) return 1;
+      len--;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Entry points for GNU code.  */
+
+/* re_compile_pattern is the GNU regular expression compiler: it
+   compiles PATTERN (of length SIZE) and puts the result in BUFP.
+   Returns 0 if the pattern was valid, otherwise an error string.
+
+   Assumes the `allocated' (and perhaps `buffer') and `translate' fields
+   are set in BUFP on entry.
+
+   We call regex_compile to do the actual compilation.  */
+
+const char *
+re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp)
+     const char *pattern;
+     size_t length;
+     struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+
+  /* GNU code is written to assume at least RE_NREGS registers will be set
+     (and at least one extra will be -1).  */
+  bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+
+  /* And GNU code determines whether or not to get register information
+     by passing null for the REGS argument to re_match, etc., not by
+     setting no_sub.  */
+  bufp->no_sub = 0;
+
+  /* Match anchors at newline.  */
+  bufp->newline_anchor = 1;
+
+  ret = regex_compile (pattern, length, re_syntax_options, bufp);
+
+  if (!ret)
+    return NULL;
+  return gettext (re_error_msgid + re_error_msgid_idx[(int) ret]);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_compile_pattern, re_compile_pattern)
+#endif
+
+/* Entry points compatible with 4.2 BSD regex library.  We don't define
+   them unless specifically requested.  */
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
+
+/* BSD has one and only one pattern buffer.  */
+static struct re_pattern_buffer re_comp_buf;
+
+char *
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make these definitions weak in libc, so POSIX programs can redefine
+   these names if they don't use our functions, and still use
+   regcomp/regexec below without link errors.  */
+weak_function
+#endif
+re_comp (s)
+    const char *s;
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+
+  if (!s)
+    {
+      if (!re_comp_buf.buffer)
+	return gettext ("No previous regular expression");
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  if (!re_comp_buf.buffer)
+    {
+      re_comp_buf.buffer = (unsigned char *) malloc (200);
+      if (re_comp_buf.buffer == NULL)
+        return (char *) gettext (re_error_msgid
+				 + re_error_msgid_idx[(int) REG_ESPACE]);
+      re_comp_buf.allocated = 200;
+
+      re_comp_buf.fastmap = (char *) malloc (1 << BYTEWIDTH);
+      if (re_comp_buf.fastmap == NULL)
+	return (char *) gettext (re_error_msgid
+				 + re_error_msgid_idx[(int) REG_ESPACE]);
+    }
+
+  /* Since `re_exec' always passes NULL for the `regs' argument, we
+     don't need to initialize the pattern buffer fields which affect it.  */
+
+  /* Match anchors at newlines.  */
+  re_comp_buf.newline_anchor = 1;
+
+  ret = regex_compile (s, strlen (s), re_syntax_options, &re_comp_buf);
+
+  if (!ret)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Yes, we're discarding `const' here if !HAVE_LIBINTL.  */
+  return (char *) gettext (re_error_msgid + re_error_msgid_idx[(int) ret]);
+}
+
+
+int
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_function
+#endif
+re_exec (s)
+    const char *s;
+{
+  const int len = strlen (s);
+  return
+    0 <= re_search (&re_comp_buf, s, len, 0, len, (struct re_registers *) 0);
+}
+
+#endif /* _REGEX_RE_COMP */
+
+/* POSIX.2 functions.  Don't define these for Emacs.  */
+
+#ifndef emacs
+
+/* regcomp takes a regular expression as a string and compiles it.
+
+   PREG is a regex_t *.  We do not expect any fields to be initialized,
+   since POSIX says we shouldn't.  Thus, we set
+
+     `buffer' to the compiled pattern;
+     `used' to the length of the compiled pattern;
+     `syntax' to RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED if the
+       REG_EXTENDED bit in CFLAGS is set; otherwise, to
+       RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC;
+     `newline_anchor' to REG_NEWLINE being set in CFLAGS;
+     `fastmap' to an allocated space for the fastmap;
+     `fastmap_accurate' to zero;
+     `re_nsub' to the number of subexpressions in PATTERN.
+
+   PATTERN is the address of the pattern string.
+
+   CFLAGS is a series of bits which affect compilation.
+
+     If REG_EXTENDED is set, we use POSIX extended syntax; otherwise, we
+     use POSIX basic syntax.
+
+     If REG_NEWLINE is set, then . and [^...] don't match newline.
+     Also, regexec will try a match beginning after every newline.
+
+     If REG_ICASE is set, then we considers upper- and lowercase
+     versions of letters to be equivalent when matching.
+
+     If REG_NOSUB is set, then when PREG is passed to regexec, that
+     routine will report only success or failure, and nothing about the
+     registers.
+
+   It returns 0 if it succeeds, nonzero if it doesn't.  (See regex.h for
+   the return codes and their meanings.)  */
+
+int
+regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
+    regex_t *preg;
+    const char *pattern;
+    int cflags;
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  reg_syntax_t syntax
+    = (cflags & REG_EXTENDED) ?
+      RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED : RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC;
+
+  /* regex_compile will allocate the space for the compiled pattern.  */
+  preg->buffer = 0;
+  preg->allocated = 0;
+  preg->used = 0;
+
+  /* Try to allocate space for the fastmap.  */
+  preg->fastmap = (char *) malloc (1 << BYTEWIDTH);
+
+  if (cflags & REG_ICASE)
+    {
+      unsigned i;
+
+      preg->translate
+	= (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE) malloc (CHAR_SET_SIZE
+				      * sizeof (*(RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE)0));
+      if (preg->translate == NULL)
+        return (int) REG_ESPACE;
+
+      /* Map uppercase characters to corresponding lowercase ones.  */
+      for (i = 0; i < CHAR_SET_SIZE; i++)
+        preg->translate[i] = ISUPPER (i) ? TOLOWER (i) : i;
+    }
+  else
+    preg->translate = NULL;
+
+  /* If REG_NEWLINE is set, newlines are treated differently.  */
+  if (cflags & REG_NEWLINE)
+    { /* REG_NEWLINE implies neither . nor [^...] match newline.  */
+      syntax &= ~RE_DOT_NEWLINE;
+      syntax |= RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE;
+      /* It also changes the matching behavior.  */
+      preg->newline_anchor = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    preg->newline_anchor = 0;
+
+  preg->no_sub = !!(cflags & REG_NOSUB);
+
+  /* POSIX says a null character in the pattern terminates it, so we
+     can use strlen here in compiling the pattern.  */
+  ret = regex_compile (pattern, strlen (pattern), syntax, preg);
+
+  /* POSIX doesn't distinguish between an unmatched open-group and an
+     unmatched close-group: both are REG_EPAREN.  */
+  if (ret == REG_ERPAREN) ret = REG_EPAREN;
+
+  if (ret == REG_NOERROR && preg->fastmap)
+    {
+      /* Compute the fastmap now, since regexec cannot modify the pattern
+	 buffer.  */
+      if (re_compile_fastmap (preg) == -2)
+	{
+	  /* Some error occured while computing the fastmap, just forget
+	     about it.  */
+	  free (preg->fastmap);
+	  preg->fastmap = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (int) ret;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__regcomp, regcomp)
+#endif
+
+
+/* regexec searches for a given pattern, specified by PREG, in the
+   string STRING.
+
+   If NMATCH is zero or REG_NOSUB was set in the cflags argument to
+   `regcomp', we ignore PMATCH.  Otherwise, we assume PMATCH has at
+   least NMATCH elements, and we set them to the offsets of the
+   corresponding matched substrings.
+
+   EFLAGS specifies `execution flags' which affect matching: if
+   REG_NOTBOL is set, then ^ does not match at the beginning of the
+   string; if REG_NOTEOL is set, then $ does not match at the end.
+
+   We return 0 if we find a match and REG_NOMATCH if not.  */
+
+int
+regexec (preg, string, nmatch, pmatch, eflags)
+    const regex_t *preg;
+    const char *string;
+    size_t nmatch;
+    regmatch_t pmatch[];
+    int eflags;
+{
+  int ret;
+  struct re_registers regs;
+  regex_t private_preg;
+  int len = strlen (string);
+  boolean want_reg_info = !preg->no_sub && nmatch > 0;
+
+  private_preg = *preg;
+
+  private_preg.not_bol = !!(eflags & REG_NOTBOL);
+  private_preg.not_eol = !!(eflags & REG_NOTEOL);
+
+  /* The user has told us exactly how many registers to return
+     information about, via `nmatch'.  We have to pass that on to the
+     matching routines.  */
+  private_preg.regs_allocated = REGS_FIXED;
+
+  if (want_reg_info)
+    {
+      regs.num_regs = nmatch;
+      regs.start = TALLOC (nmatch * 2, regoff_t);
+      if (regs.start == NULL)
+        return (int) REG_NOMATCH;
+      regs.end = regs.start + nmatch;
+    }
+
+  /* Perform the searching operation.  */
+  ret = re_search (&private_preg, string, len,
+                   /* start: */ 0, /* range: */ len,
+                   want_reg_info ? &regs : (struct re_registers *) 0);
+
+  /* Copy the register information to the POSIX structure.  */
+  if (want_reg_info)
+    {
+      if (ret >= 0)
+        {
+          unsigned r;
+
+          for (r = 0; r < nmatch; r++)
+            {
+              pmatch[r].rm_so = regs.start[r];
+              pmatch[r].rm_eo = regs.end[r];
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* If we needed the temporary register info, free the space now.  */
+      free (regs.start);
+    }
+
+  /* We want zero return to mean success, unlike `re_search'.  */
+  return ret >= 0 ? (int) REG_NOERROR : (int) REG_NOMATCH;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__regexec, regexec)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Returns a message corresponding to an error code, ERRCODE, returned
+   from either regcomp or regexec.   We don't use PREG here.  */
+
+size_t
+regerror (errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size)
+    int errcode;
+    const regex_t *preg;
+    char *errbuf;
+    size_t errbuf_size;
+{
+  const char *msg;
+  size_t msg_size;
+
+  if (errcode < 0
+      || errcode >= (int) (sizeof (re_error_msgid_idx)
+			   / sizeof (re_error_msgid_idx[0])))
+    /* Only error codes returned by the rest of the code should be passed
+       to this routine.  If we are given anything else, or if other regex
+       code generates an invalid error code, then the program has a bug.
+       Dump core so we can fix it.  */
+    abort ();
+
+  msg = gettext (re_error_msgid + re_error_msgid_idx[errcode]);
+
+  msg_size = strlen (msg) + 1; /* Includes the null.  */
+
+  if (errbuf_size != 0)
+    {
+      if (msg_size > errbuf_size)
+        {
+#if defined HAVE_MEMPCPY || defined _LIBC
+	  *((char *) __mempcpy (errbuf, msg, errbuf_size - 1)) = '\0';
+#else
+          memcpy (errbuf, msg, errbuf_size - 1);
+          errbuf[errbuf_size - 1] = 0;
+#endif
+        }
+      else
+        memcpy (errbuf, msg, msg_size);
+    }
+
+  return msg_size;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__regerror, regerror)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Free dynamically allocated space used by PREG.  */
+
+void
+regfree (preg)
+    regex_t *preg;
+{
+  if (preg->buffer != NULL)
+    free (preg->buffer);
+  preg->buffer = NULL;
+
+  preg->allocated = 0;
+  preg->used = 0;
+
+  if (preg->fastmap != NULL)
+    free (preg->fastmap);
+  preg->fastmap = NULL;
+  preg->fastmap_accurate = 0;
+
+  if (preg->translate != NULL)
+    free (preg->translate);
+  preg->translate = NULL;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__regfree, regfree)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not emacs  */
diff --git a/lib/regex.h b/lib/regex.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..81789be8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/regex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#ifndef _REGEX_H
+#include <posix/regex.h>
+
+/* Document internal interfaces.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t __re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax));
+
+extern const char *__re_compile_pattern
+  _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, size_t length,
+             struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
+
+extern int __re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
+
+extern int __re_search
+  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
+            int length, int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs));
+
+extern int __re_search_2
+  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
+             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
+             int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
+
+extern int __re_match
+  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
+             int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs));
+
+extern int __re_match_2
+  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
+             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
+             int start, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
+
+extern void __re_set_registers
+  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, struct re_registers *regs,
+             unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));
+
+extern int __regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg, const char *__pattern,
+				int __cflags));
+
+extern int __regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__preg,
+				const char *__string, size_t __nmatch,
+				regmatch_t __pmatch[], int __eflags));
+
+extern size_t __regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
+				    char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));
+
+extern void __regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg));
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/savedir.c b/lib/savedir.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9357cada
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/savedir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/* savedir.c -- save the list of files in a directory in a string
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
+# include <dirent.h>
+# define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name)
+#else
+# define dirent direct
+# define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen
+# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+#  include <sys/ndir.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+#  include <sys/dir.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_NDIR_H
+#  include <ndir.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef CLOSEDIR_VOID
+/* Fake a return value. */
+# define CLOSEDIR(d) (closedir (d), 0)
+#else
+# define CLOSEDIR(d) closedir (d)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+char *malloc ();
+char *realloc ();
+#endif
+#ifndef NULL
+# define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef stpcpy
+char *stpcpy ();
+#endif
+
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#include "savedir.h"
+
+char *path;
+size_t pathlen;
+
+static int
+isdir1 (const char *dir, const char *file)
+{
+  int status;
+  int slash;
+  size_t dirlen = strlen (dir);
+  size_t filelen = strlen (file);
+  if ((dirlen + filelen + 2) > pathlen)
+    {
+      path = calloc (dirlen + 1 + filelen + 1, sizeof (*path));
+      pathlen = dirlen + filelen + 2;
+    }
+  strcpy (path, dir);
+  slash = (path[dirlen] != '/');
+  path[dirlen] = '/';
+  strcpy (path + dirlen + slash , file);
+  status  = isdir (path);
+  return status;
+}
+
+/* Return a freshly allocated string containing the filenames
+   in directory DIR, separated by '\0' characters;
+   the end is marked by two '\0' characters in a row.
+   NAME_SIZE is the number of bytes to initially allocate
+   for the string; it will be enlarged as needed.
+   Return NULL if DIR cannot be opened or if out of memory. */
+char *
+savedir (const char *dir, off_t name_size, struct exclude *included_patterns,
+	 struct exclude *excluded_patterns)
+{
+  DIR *dirp;
+  struct dirent *dp;
+  char *name_space;
+  char *namep;
+
+  dirp = opendir (dir);
+  if (dirp == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Be sure name_size is at least `1' so there's room for
+     the final NUL byte.  */
+  if (name_size <= 0)
+    name_size = 1;
+
+  name_space = (char *) malloc (name_size);
+  if (name_space == NULL)
+    {
+      closedir (dirp);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  namep = name_space;
+
+  while ((dp = readdir (dirp)) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Skip "." and ".." (some NFS filesystems' directories lack them). */
+      if (dp->d_name[0] != '.'
+	  || (dp->d_name[1] != '\0'
+	      && (dp->d_name[1] != '.' || dp->d_name[2] != '\0')))
+	{
+	  off_t size_needed = (namep - name_space) + NAMLEN (dp) + 2;
+
+	  if ((included_patterns || excluded_patterns)
+	      && !isdir1 (dir, dp->d_name))
+	    {
+	      if (included_patterns
+		  && !excluded_filename (included_patterns, dp->d_name, 0))
+		continue;
+	      if (excluded_patterns
+		  && excluded_filename (excluded_patterns, dp->d_name, 0))
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	  if (size_needed > name_size)
+	    {
+	      char *new_name_space;
+
+	      while (size_needed > name_size)
+		name_size += 1024;
+
+	      new_name_space = realloc (name_space, name_size);
+	      if (new_name_space == NULL)
+		{
+		  closedir (dirp);
+		  return NULL;
+		}
+	      namep += new_name_space - name_space;
+	      name_space = new_name_space;
+	    }
+	  namep = stpcpy (namep, dp->d_name) + 1;
+	}
+    }
+  *namep = '\0';
+  if (CLOSEDIR (dirp))
+    {
+      free (name_space);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  if (path)
+    {
+      free (path);
+      path = NULL;
+      pathlen = 0;
+    }
+  return name_space;
+}
diff --git a/lib/savedir.h b/lib/savedir.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..49c331b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/savedir.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#if !defined SAVEDIR_H_
+# define SAVEDIR_H_
+
+#include "exclude.h"
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+extern char *
+savedir PARAMS ((const char *dir, off_t name_size,
+		 struct exclude *, struct exclude *));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/stpcpy.c b/lib/stpcpy.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a01636cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stpcpy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* stpcpy.c -- copy a string and return pointer to end of new string
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#undef __stpcpy
+#undef stpcpy
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __stpcpy stpcpy
+#endif
+
+/* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DEST.  */
+char *
+__stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
+{
+  register char *d = dest;
+  register const char *s = src;
+
+  do
+    *d++ = *s;
+  while (*s++ != '\0');
+
+  return d - 1;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__stpcpy, stpcpy)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/strtol.c b/lib/strtol.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0c9c2767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strtol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,472 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an integer value.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# define STDC_HEADERS
+# define HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stddef.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# ifndef NULL
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Nonzero if we are defining `strtoul' or `strtoull', operating on
+   unsigned integers.  */
+#ifndef UNSIGNED
+# define UNSIGNED 0
+# define INT LONG int
+#else
+# define INT unsigned LONG int
+#endif
+
+/* Determine the name.  */
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstoul_l
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtoul_l
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstol_l
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtol_l
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstoul
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol strtoul
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoll
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstol
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoll
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If QUAD is defined, we are defining `strtoll' or `strtoull',
+   operating on `long long int's.  */
+#ifdef QUAD
+# define LONG long long
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_LONG_MAX
+
+/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs,
+   e.g. Cray C 5.0.3.0 when t == time_t.  */
+# ifndef TYPE_SIGNED
+#  define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+# endif
+# ifndef TYPE_MINIMUM
+#  define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+				? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) \
+				: (t) 0))
+# endif
+# ifndef TYPE_MAXIMUM
+#  define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX
+#  define ULONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (unsigned long long)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_LONG_MAX
+#  define LONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (long long int)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_LONG_MIN
+#  define LONG_LONG_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (long long int)
+# endif
+
+# if __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7
+   /* Work around gcc bug with using this constant.  */
+   static const unsigned long long int maxquad = ULONG_LONG_MAX;
+#  undef STRTOL_ULONG_MAX
+#  define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX maxquad
+# endif
+#else
+# define LONG long
+
+# ifndef ULONG_MAX
+#  define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long) ~(unsigned long) 0)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_MAX
+#  define LONG_MAX ((long int) (ULONG_MAX >> 1))
+# endif
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+#endif
+
+
+/* We use this code also for the extended locale handling where the
+   function gets as an additional argument the locale which has to be
+   used.  To access the values we have to redefine the _NL_CURRENT
+   macro.  */
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# undef _NL_CURRENT
+# define _NL_CURRENT(category, item) \
+  (current->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (item)].string)
+# define LOCALE_PARAM , loc
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL __locale_t loc;
+#else
+# define LOCALE_PARAM
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_WCHAR_H
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+# include <wctype.h>
+# define L_(Ch) L##Ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE wint_t
+# define STRING_TYPE wchar_t
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __iswspace_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __iswalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __towupper_l ((Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) iswspace (Ch)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) iswalpha (Ch)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) towupper (Ch)
+# endif
+#else
+# if defined STDC_HEADERS || (!defined isascii && !defined HAVE_ISASCII)
+#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+# else
+#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+# endif
+# define L_(Ch) Ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE unsigned char
+# define STRING_TYPE char
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __isspace_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __isalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __toupper_l ((Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isspace (Ch))
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isalpha (Ch))
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) ? toupper (Ch) : (Ch))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* For compilers which are ansi but don't define __STDC__, like SGI
+   Irix-4.0.5 cc, also check whether PROTOTYPES is defined. */
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (PROTOTYPES)
+# define INTERNAL(X) INTERNAL1(X)
+# define INTERNAL1(X) __##X##_internal
+# define WEAKNAME(X) WEAKNAME1(X)
+#else
+# define INTERNAL(X) __/**/X/**/_internal
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+/* This file defines a function to check for correct grouping.  */
+# include "grouping.h"
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Convert NPTR to an `unsigned long int' or `long int' in base BASE.
+   If BASE is 0 the base is determined by the presence of a leading
+   zero, indicating octal or a leading "0x" or "0X", indicating hexadecimal.
+   If BASE is < 2 or > 36, it is reset to 10.
+   If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the last
+   one converted is stored in *ENDPTR.  */
+
+INT
+INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group LOCALE_PARAM)
+     const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
+     STRING_TYPE **endptr;
+     int base;
+     int group;
+     LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+  int negative;
+  register unsigned LONG int cutoff;
+  register unsigned int cutlim;
+  register unsigned LONG int i;
+  register const STRING_TYPE *s;
+  register UCHAR_TYPE c;
+  const STRING_TYPE *save, *end;
+  int overflow;
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+  struct locale_data *current = loc->__locales[LC_NUMERIC];
+# endif
+  /* The thousands character of the current locale.  */
+  wchar_t thousands = L'\0';
+  /* The numeric grouping specification of the current locale,
+     in the format described in <locale.h>.  */
+  const char *grouping;
+
+  if (group)
+    {
+      grouping = _NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, GROUPING);
+      if (*grouping <= 0 || *grouping == CHAR_MAX)
+	grouping = NULL;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Figure out the thousands separator character.  */
+# if defined _LIBC || defined _HAVE_BTOWC
+	  thousands = __btowc (*_NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, THOUSANDS_SEP));
+	  if (thousands == WEOF)
+	    thousands = L'\0';
+# endif
+	  if (thousands == L'\0')
+	    grouping = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    grouping = NULL;
+#endif
+
+  if (base < 0 || base == 1 || base > 36)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  save = s = nptr;
+
+  /* Skip white space.  */
+  while (ISSPACE (*s))
+    ++s;
+  if (*s == L_('\0'))
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Check for a sign.  */
+  if (*s == L_('-'))
+    {
+      negative = 1;
+      ++s;
+    }
+  else if (*s == L_('+'))
+    {
+      negative = 0;
+      ++s;
+    }
+  else
+    negative = 0;
+
+  /* Recognize number prefix and if BASE is zero, figure it out ourselves.  */
+  if (*s == L_('0'))
+    {
+      if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && TOUPPER (s[1]) == L_('X'))
+	{
+	  s += 2;
+	  base = 16;
+	}
+      else if (base == 0)
+	base = 8;
+    }
+  else if (base == 0)
+    base = 10;
+
+  /* Save the pointer so we can check later if anything happened.  */
+  save = s;
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+  if (group)
+    {
+      /* Find the end of the digit string and check its grouping.  */
+      end = s;
+      for (c = *end; c != L_('\0'); c = *++end)
+	if ((wchar_t) c != thousands
+	    && ((wchar_t) c < L_('0') || (wchar_t) c > L_('9'))
+	    && (!ISALPHA (c) || (int) (TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10) >= base))
+	  break;
+      if (*s == thousands)
+	end = s;
+      else
+	end = correctly_grouped_prefix (s, end, thousands, grouping);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    end = NULL;
+
+  cutoff = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX / (unsigned LONG int) base;
+  cutlim = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX % (unsigned LONG int) base;
+
+  overflow = 0;
+  i = 0;
+  for (c = *s; c != L_('\0'); c = *++s)
+    {
+      if (s == end)
+	break;
+      if (c >= L_('0') && c <= L_('9'))
+	c -= L_('0');
+      else if (ISALPHA (c))
+	c = TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10;
+      else
+	break;
+      if ((int) c >= base)
+	break;
+      /* Check for overflow.  */
+      if (i > cutoff || (i == cutoff && c > cutlim))
+	overflow = 1;
+      else
+	{
+	  i *= (unsigned LONG int) base;
+	  i += c;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Check if anything actually happened.  */
+  if (s == save)
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Store in ENDPTR the address of one character
+     past the last character we converted.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) s;
+
+#if !UNSIGNED
+  /* Check for a value that is within the range of
+     `unsigned LONG int', but outside the range of `LONG int'.  */
+  if (overflow == 0
+      && i > (negative
+	      ? -((unsigned LONG int) (STRTOL_LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1
+	      : (unsigned LONG int) STRTOL_LONG_MAX))
+    overflow = 1;
+#endif
+
+  if (overflow)
+    {
+      __set_errno (ERANGE);
+#if UNSIGNED
+      return STRTOL_ULONG_MAX;
+#else
+      return negative ? STRTOL_LONG_MIN : STRTOL_LONG_MAX;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Return the result of the appropriate sign.  */
+  return negative ? -i : i;
+
+noconv:
+  /* We must handle a special case here: the base is 0 or 16 and the
+     first two characters are '0' and 'x', but the rest are no
+     hexadecimal digits.  This is no error case.  We return 0 and
+     ENDPTR points to the `x`.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    {
+      if (save - nptr >= 2 && TOUPPER (save[-1]) == L_('X')
+	  && save[-2] == L_('0'))
+	*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) &save[-1];
+      else
+	/*  There was no number to convert.  */
+	*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) nptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0L;
+}
+
+/* External user entry point.  */
+
+#if _LIBC - 0 == 0
+# undef PARAMS
+# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+
+/* Prototype.  */
+INT strtol PARAMS ((const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr, int base));
+#endif
+
+
+INT
+#ifdef weak_function
+weak_function
+#endif
+strtol (nptr, endptr, base LOCALE_PARAM)
+     const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
+     STRING_TYPE **endptr;
+     int base;
+     LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+  return INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, 0 LOCALE_PARAM);
+}
diff --git a/lib/strtoul.c b/lib/strtoul.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..298ae9ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strtoul.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define UNSIGNED	1
+
+#include <strtol.c>
diff --git a/lib/strtoull.c b/lib/strtoull.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d6aa1f80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strtoull.c
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Function to parse an `unsigned long long int' from text.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define QUAD 1
+
+#include "strtoul.c"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+strong_alias (__strtoull_internal, __strtouq_internal)
+weak_alias (strtoull, strtouq)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/strtoumax.c b/lib/strtoumax.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a147604a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strtoumax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an uintmax_t value.
+   Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
+unsigned long strtoul PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL && HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+unsigned long long strtoull PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+uintmax_t
+strtoumax (char const *ptr, char **endptr, int base)
+{
+#define USE_IF_EQUIVALENT(function) \
+    if (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof function (ptr, endptr, base)) \
+      return function (ptr, endptr, base);
+
+#if HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+    USE_IF_EQUIVALENT (strtoull)
+#endif
+
+  USE_IF_EQUIVALENT (strtoul)
+
+  abort ();
+}
+
+#ifdef TESTING
+# include <stdio.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+  char *p, *endptr;
+  printf ("sizeof uintmax_t: %d\n", sizeof (uintmax_t));
+  printf ("sizeof strtoull(): %d\n", sizeof strtoull(p, &endptr, 10));
+  printf ("sizeof strtoul(): %d\n", sizeof strtoul(p, &endptr, 10));
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/xalloc.h b/lib/xalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..098a6c2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef XALLOC_H_
+# define XALLOC_H_
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef __attribute__
+#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#   define __attribute__(x)
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# endif
+
+/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
+   It is initialized to EXIT_FAILURE, but the caller may set it to
+   some other value.  */
+extern int xalloc_exit_failure;
+
+/* If this pointer is non-zero, run the specified function upon each
+   allocation failure.  It is initialized to zero. */
+extern void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is undefined or a function that returns, this
+   message is output.  It is translated via gettext.
+   Its value is "memory exhausted".  */
+extern char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[];
+
+/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted.  It is
+   in charge of honoring the three previous items.  This is the
+   function to call when one wants the program to die because of a
+   memory allocation failure.  */
+extern void xalloc_die PARAMS ((void)) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN;
+
+void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t n));
+void *xcalloc PARAMS ((size_t n, size_t s));
+void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *p, size_t n));
+char *xstrdup PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+# define XMALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xmalloc (sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
+# define XCALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xcalloc (sizeof (Type), (N_items)))
+# define XREALLOC(Ptr, Type, N_items) \
+  ((Type *) xrealloc ((void *) (Ptr), sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
+
+/* Declare and alloc memory for VAR of type TYPE. */
+# define NEW(Type, Var)  Type *(Var) = XMALLOC (Type, 1)
+
+/* Free VAR only if non NULL. */
+# define XFREE(Var)	\
+   do {                 \
+      if (Var)          \
+        free (Var);     \
+   } while (0)
+
+/* Return a pointer to a malloc'ed copy of the array SRC of NUM elements. */
+# define CCLONE(Src, Num) \
+  (memcpy (xmalloc (sizeof (*Src) * (Num)), (Src), sizeof (*Src) * (Num)))
+
+/* Return a malloc'ed copy of SRC. */
+# define CLONE(Src) CCLONE (Src, 1)
+
+
+#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/xmalloc.c b/lib/xmalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f103d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xmalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+void *calloc ();
+void *malloc ();
+void *realloc ();
+void free ();
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define textdomain(Domain)
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+#define N_(Text) Text
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
+"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
+"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc --see realloc.m4"
+#endif
+
+/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
+   The caller may set it to some other value.  */
+int xalloc_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
+
+/* If non NULL, call this function when memory is exhausted. */
+void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void)) = 0;
+
+/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is NULL, or does return, display this message
+   before exiting when memory is exhausted.  Goes through gettext. */
+char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[] = N_("memory exhausted");
+
+void
+xalloc_die (void)
+{
+  if (xalloc_fail_func)
+    (*xalloc_fail_func) ();
+  error (xalloc_exit_failure, 0, "%s", _(xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted));
+  /* The `noreturn' cannot be given to error, since it may return if
+     its first argument is 0.  To help compilers understand the
+     xalloc_die does terminate, call exit. */
+  exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xmalloc (size_t n)
+{
+  void *p;
+
+  p = malloc (n);
+  if (p == 0)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
+   with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xrealloc (void *p, size_t n)
+{
+  p = realloc (p, n);
+  if (p == 0)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Allocate memory for N elements of S bytes, with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  void *p;
+
+  p = calloc (n, s);
+  if (p == 0)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
diff --git a/lib/xstrtol.c b/lib/xstrtol.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..07023d9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xstrtol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+/* A more useful interface to strtol.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __strtol
+# define __strtol strtol
+# define __strtol_t long int
+# define __xstrtol xstrtol
+#endif
+
+/* Some pre-ANSI implementations (e.g. SunOS 4)
+   need stderr defined if assertion checking is enabled.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
+/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs.  */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+/* The outer cast is needed to work around a bug in Cray C 5.0.3.0.
+   It is necessary at least when t == time_t.  */
+#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+			      ? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) : (t) 0))
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t))
+
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+
+#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
+
+#include "xstrtol.h"
+
+#ifndef strtol
+long int strtol ();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef strtoul
+unsigned long int strtoul ();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef strtoumax
+uintmax_t strtoumax ();
+#endif
+
+static int
+bkm_scale (__strtol_t *x, int scale_factor)
+{
+  __strtol_t product = *x * scale_factor;
+  if (*x != product / scale_factor)
+    return 1;
+  *x = product;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+bkm_scale_by_power (__strtol_t *x, int base, int power)
+{
+  while (power--)
+    if (bkm_scale (x, base))
+      return 1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* FIXME: comment.  */
+
+strtol_error
+__xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
+	   __strtol_t *val, const char *valid_suffixes)
+{
+  char *t_ptr;
+  char **p;
+  __strtol_t tmp;
+
+  assert (0 <= strtol_base && strtol_base <= 36);
+
+  p = (ptr ? ptr : &t_ptr);
+
+  if (! TYPE_SIGNED (__strtol_t))
+    {
+      const char *q = s;
+      while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *q))
+	++q;
+      if (*q == '-')
+	return LONGINT_INVALID;
+    }
+
+  errno = 0;
+  tmp = __strtol (s, p, strtol_base);
+  if (errno != 0)
+    return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+  if (*p == s)
+    return LONGINT_INVALID;
+
+  /* Let valid_suffixes == NULL mean `allow any suffix'.  */
+  /* FIXME: update all callers except the ones that allow suffixes
+     after the number, changing last parameter NULL to `""'.  */
+  if (!valid_suffixes)
+    {
+      *val = tmp;
+      return LONGINT_OK;
+    }
+
+  if (**p != '\0')
+    {
+      int base = 1024;
+      int suffixes = 1;
+      int overflow;
+
+      if (!strchr (valid_suffixes, **p))
+	{
+	  *val = tmp;
+	  return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+	}
+
+      if (strchr (valid_suffixes, '0'))
+	{
+	  /* The ``valid suffix'' '0' is a special flag meaning that
+	     an optional second suffix is allowed, which can change
+	     the base, e.g. "100MD" for 100 megabytes decimal.  */
+
+	  switch (p[0][1])
+	    {
+	    case 'B':
+	      suffixes++;
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'D':
+	      base = 1000;
+	      suffixes++;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      switch (**p)
+	{
+	case 'b':
+	  overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 512);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'B':
+	  overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 1024);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  overflow = 0;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'E': /* Exa */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 6);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'G': /* Giga */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 3);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'k': /* kilo */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 1);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'M': /* Mega */
+	case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for backward compatibility only */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 2);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'P': /* Peta */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 5);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'T': /* Tera */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 4);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'w':
+	  overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 2);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'Y': /* Yotta */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 8);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'Z': /* Zetta */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 7);
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  *val = tmp;
+	  return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (overflow)
+	return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+
+      (*p) += suffixes;
+    }
+
+  *val = tmp;
+  return LONGINT_OK;
+}
+
+#ifdef TESTING_XSTRTO
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include "error.h"
+
+char *program_name;
+
+int
+main (int argc, char** argv)
+{
+  strtol_error s_err;
+  int i;
+
+  program_name = argv[0];
+  for (i=1; i<argc; i++)
+    {
+      char *p;
+      __strtol_t val;
+
+      s_err = __xstrtol (argv[i], &p, 0, &val, "bckmw");
+      if (s_err == LONGINT_OK)
+	{
+	  printf ("%s->%lu (%s)\n", argv[i], val, p);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (argv[i], "arg", s_err);
+	}
+    }
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TESTING_XSTRTO */
diff --git a/lib/xstrtol.h b/lib/xstrtol.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a9a0244
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xstrtol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+#ifndef XSTRTOL_H_
+# define XSTRTOL_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#  include <inttypes.h> /* for uintmax_t */
+# endif
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef _STRTOL_ERROR
+enum strtol_error
+  {
+    LONGINT_OK, LONGINT_INVALID, LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR, LONGINT_OVERFLOW
+  };
+typedef enum strtol_error strtol_error;
+# endif
+
+# define _DECLARE_XSTRTOL(name, type) \
+  strtol_error \
+    name PARAMS ((const char *s, char **ptr, int base, \
+		  type *val, const char *valid_suffixes));
+_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtol, long int)
+_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoul, unsigned long int)
+_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoumax, uintmax_t)
+
+# define _STRTOL_ERROR(Exit_code, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)	\
+  do									\
+    {									\
+      switch ((Err))							\
+	{								\
+	case LONGINT_OK:						\
+	  abort ();							\
+									\
+	case LONGINT_INVALID:						\
+	  error ((Exit_code), 0, "invalid %s `%s'",			\
+		 (Argument_type_string), (Str));			\
+	  break;							\
+									\
+	case LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR:				\
+	  error ((Exit_code), 0, "invalid character following %s `%s'",	\
+		 (Argument_type_string), (Str));			\
+	  break;							\
+									\
+	case LONGINT_OVERFLOW:						\
+	  error ((Exit_code), 0, "%s `%s' too large",			\
+		 (Argument_type_string), (Str));			\
+	  break;							\
+	}								\
+    }									\
+  while (0)
+
+# define STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR(Str, Argument_type_string, Err)		\
+  _STRTOL_ERROR (2, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)
+
+# define STRTOL_FAIL_WARN(Str, Argument_type_string, Err)		\
+  _STRTOL_ERROR (0, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)
+
+#endif /* not XSTRTOL_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/xstrtoumax.c b/lib/xstrtoumax.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..04d7cf98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xstrtoumax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* xstrtoumax.c -- A more useful interface to strtoumax.
+   Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#define __strtol strtoumax
+#define __strtol_t uintmax_t
+#define __xstrtol xstrtoumax
+#include "xstrtol.c"